This classic beefsteak tomato is summer in a slice. All season producer with huge fruits and meaty, juicy flesh perfect for sandwiches or canning. Easy to grow and resistant to cracking and most common tomato issues. You will love this beauty in your garden.  Clovers Garden Beefmaster Tomato Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all Clovers Garden plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best in a large garden with room to grow, will need staking. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 80 days after planting Fruit Size: Average, 20 ounces Spacing: 36” Size: 8' to 10' plant Type: Indeterminate Resistant to: verticillium wilt (V), fusarium wilt (F), and nematodes (N).  

The slicer you need for this summer, this plant holds the record for the largest tomato at 7 pounds! Delicious puts out huge, solid scarlet fruits (usually up to two pounds each!) with rich flavor. An easy Beefsteak to grow, the fruits are smooth, crack-free, with solid meat and small seed cavities. Clovers Garden Beefsteak Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Beefsteak Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease & Crack Resistant  

This great performer holds a Guinness World record for highest yielding tomato plant! Better Boy puts out big hybrid-quality yields of succulent, juicy and meaty tomatoes. Great slicers or canners. Clovers Garden Better Boy Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Growing Requirements of Better Boy Tomato Plants: Light: Full Sun Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 70 -75 days after planting Fruit Size: Average, 16 oz, round, globe Spacing: 36” Size: 5’ to 8’ large plant Type: Indeterminate Resistant to: verticillium wilt (V), fusarium wilt (F), and nematodes (N).

The perfect balance of sweetness and acid, Big Beef has superior disease resistance and produces large 10- to 15-ounce delicious tomatoes. Perfect as slicers and for canning!  Clovers Garden Big Beef Tomato Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

With incredible productivity and perfect large, red fruits, Big Boy is an instant garden hit! Grows 10- to 16-ounce tomatoes with smooth skin and lots of flavor. A wonderful addition to your summer menu served fresh or cooked. Clovers Garden Big Boy Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Really gorgeous tomato with stunning shades of gold to scarlet and everything in between! This heirloom plant yields huge ribbed fruits weighing up to 2 pounds. Big Rainbow tomatoes taste juicy, fruity, and sweet, with a rich balance of acids and sugars that gives it an old-fashioned taste. Clovers Garden Big Rainbow Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This heirloom beefsteak is one of the best "black" tomatoes around. Fruit is a very dark maroon, weighing in at 10- to 16-ounces, extremely tasty with a rich, smoky flavor, and natural saltiness.  Clovers Garden Black Krim Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed This unique tomato is a must-have in your heirloom garden!

This unique heirloom is similar to Black Krim but not as fragile and produces small, dark-red to deep brown, slightly pear-shaped fruits. Originally from Siberia, Black Prince is especially suited to cooler climates, produces early, and continues with heavy yield throughout the summer. A must-have for your garden and your summer salads and canning. Clovers Garden Black Prince Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Heirloom Classic Globe Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

An heirloom Amish tomato originating in the 1880's, this large spreading viney tomato produces fruit all season long. Tomatoes are huge, kidney shaped with pinkish meaty flesh. Perfect in every summer dish and for canning. Clovers Garden Brandywine Pink Tomato Plants:  Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

Brandywine produces beefsteak-type fruits with a rich red color and light pink-red undertones. Fruit sizes range from 8-ounces up to 2 pounds! A meaty, juicy tomato with fewer seeds than most. Clovers Garden Brandywine Red Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, heirloom, beefsteak Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 65 days after planting Fruit Size: Average, 4 ounces Spacing: 24” Size: 2' tall plant at maturity Type: Indeterminate

  The first Currant Type to win AAS Honors! Candyland will produce more than 100 sweet, little tomatoes over the season. Smaller than cherry tomatoes, each fruit is just ¼ ounce each but packed with super sweet and intense flavor! The plant grows in a self-supporting, bushy habit with fruit set on the outside so it’s easy to harvest. Great in salads or right off the vine. Clovers Garden Candyland Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Vining or Currant-Type Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease resistant

Often called the Queen of the Pinks, this heirloom, beefsteak-type tomato produces globe-shaped fruits as large as one pound. This early-maturing variety is an indeterminate and will produce tomatoes until the first freeze. Because the fruits grow flatter, this tomato is great for slicing as each slice is generally the same shape. Delicious, meaty, and hearty grower. Clovers Garden Caspian Pink Tomato Plant: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, heirloom, beefsteak variety. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Tomato Plant Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 80 days after planting Fruit Size: Average, 12 ounces Spacing: 36” Size: 4" to 8' plant Type: Indeterminate  

The perfect starter tomato, Celebrity is easy-to-grow; survives and thrives in most growing zones; and is delicious for eating fresh, cooking or canning. Clovers Garden Celebrity Tomato Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This Beefsteak-variety Heirloom tomato originated in Tennessee and was grown by the Cherokee Native Americans in the 1800's. One of the most flavorful of the dark tomato varieties, this big tomato has a sweet rich flavor and thick, meaty flesh. Clovers Garden Cherokee Purple Tomato Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

One of the earliest producing tomatoes with a huge crop of uniformly-sized fruits perfect for canning. Puts out high yields of tennis-ball sized tomatoes, approximately 4- to 6-ounces. Clovers Garden Early Girl Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

A 2014 All-America Selection Award for excellence in home gardens, this super compact grape tomato is perfect for hanging baskets or deck containers. Large clusters grow on the outside of the plant making it easy to harvest. Fantastic tomatoes have a sweet, tangy flavor with deep red, smooth ½-ounce fruits. The plant will produce up to 350 fruits over the summer (nearly 12 pounds!). Clovers Garden Fantastico Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Grape- or Cherry-Type Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease, blight, and crack resistant

A golden-yellow tomato prized for its mild flavor, low seed count, and low acidity, Golden Jubilee provides a nice combination of sweet and tangy, but leans more toward the tangy end of the spectrum. Perfect for slicing in salads or sandwiches or just served fresh from the garden. Clovers Garden Golden Jubilee Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This fabulous tomato produces tremendous yields of large 1-pound to 2-pound red tomatoes, some as large as a softball! Goliath has beautiful, smooth, bright-red, deep oblate fruits, with sweet luscious flavor and almost completely blemish-free exterior. Clovers Garden Goliath Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Distinctively sweet 2" red grape tomatoes that can be eaten right off the vine. Great for salads or snacking and quite suitable for large containers. The perfect size tomato plant for urban patio gardens. Clovers Garden Grape Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This gorgeous, old-fashioned heirloom tomato is disease- and crack-resistant making it a tomato gardener's favorite. It's a super producer with abundant crops of beautiful yellow tomatoes with orange and red stripes. Delicious as a slicer and so lovely in your summer salads. Clovers Garden Heirloom Pineapple Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Heirloom Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Don't miss out on this super popular plant!

This sweet, juicy tomato looks like an Italian plum tomato but grows in large cherry-type clusters. Packed with flavor, Juliet Grapes are ultra-sweet and meaty and will hold for up to two weeks on the vine.  Will produce well into fall and is the most crack-resistant cherry of them all! Clovers Garden Juliet Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Grape- or Cherry-Type Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease and crack resistant

Every garden needs a Roma tomato! Delicious in sauces and salsa, La Roma has a low seed count and is one of the very best 'Italian-type' tomatoes known, with larger tomatoes than your average Roma. During the season it will put out big yields of 5- to 8-ounce fruit on large, vigorous plants with excellent disease resistance. Clovers Garden La Roma Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Roma Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

This easy-to-grow tomato produces early and puts out large amounts of good-sized fruit right up until frost. A popular indeterminate, the Lemon Boy is beautiful, sweet yellow tomato that brightens up every summer dish. Clovers Garden Lemon Boy Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, globe variety. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Tomato Plant Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Type: Indeterminate Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 65 days after planting Spacing: 36” Size: 8' to 10' plant Fruit Size: Average, 12 ounces Resistant to: verticillium wilt (V), fusarium wilt (F), nematodes (N), alternaria stem canker (A), and gray leaf spot (St). 

The perfect roma for containers, Little Napoli produces bright-red, pear-shaped fruit that measure up to 2 ½ inches in diameter. With a rich tangy flavor and meaty flesh, this roma is perfect for sauces, canning, and soups. Clovers Garden Little Napoli Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this determinate variety produces tomatoes all at once so great for canning, sauces, and salsas. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Roma Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

This huge heirloom beefsteak with fruits over 2 pounds, consistently wins taste-tests and puts out extremely heavy yields of big, low-acid pink fruits. Drought-resistant, this tomato requires less water than many other varieties. Mortgage Lifter is an old-fashioned variety still hugely popular today and great for eating, canning, or sauces. Clovers Garden Mortgage Lifter Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This really adaptable tomato produces medium-large (8 to 10 ounce) fruits with deep red color and firm, meaty flesh. Highly resistant to late-season blight, this is the slicer made for your burgers and BLTs. Clovers Garden Mountain Merit Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this determinate variety produces tomatoes all at once for easy canning and sauce making. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Classic Globe Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Blight and disease resistant

Mountain Pride is a bush variety, disease-resistant plant that grows up to four-feet tall. It produces a deep red, roundish fruit of around 8- to 10-ounces with juicy flavor perfect for serving fresh or cooking into sauce. This is a determinate tomato plant which means they stop growing when fruit sets on the terminal or top bud and ripen all their crop at or near the same time (usually over a 2 week period). So if you want to get your canning done in one batch, this is the tomato for you! Clovers Garden Mountain Pride Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this determinate variety produces tomatoes all at once so you can get your canning and sauces done in a few batches. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Classic Globe Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Resistant to cracking & diseases Plant at least 24” apart to allow for plant’s bushy shape. These tomatoes require full sun and adequate watering for the season and may require a limited amount of caging or staking for support, but do not prune as it severely reduces the crop.

  Gorgeous heirloom beefsteak-variety tomato, Mr. Stripey, is a fun addition to your garden with rich yellow undertones covered with pinkish-red striping . Pretty and luscious, this tomato has a mild, sweet-tasting flavor (due to its higher sugar content) and can grow to over 1 pound each! So beautiful when sliced as it really shows off its bi-coloring and but the mild flavor blends well in dishes such as pasta sauce. These tomatoes are also low acid.     Clovers Garden Mr. Stripey Tomato Plants:   Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  Type: Indeterminate, Heirloom Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Place plants 24” to 36” apart in a sunny location with well- draining soil. Staking tomatoes upright or using a wire cage will increase production in these 60” tall plants. Expect to harvest fruits in around 80 days and plants will continue to produce up until first frost.

This heirloom tomato was first introduced in the 1800's and is still a gardener's favorite. Old German puts out one of the largest tomatoes routinely weighing in at over 1.5 pounds. It's both delicious and beautiful with its golden orange and red coloring, producing fruit up until the first frost of the season. Clovers Garden Old German Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Heirloom Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic If you've wanted to try an heirloom tomato, start with the Old German!

This compact but sturdy hybrid tomato plants is made for containers! The patio tomato plant grows to a little over 2-feet high but puts out high yields of 3 to 4 ounce fruits. Delicious classic, globe tomatoes, perfect for small space or balcony gardens. Clovers Garden Patio Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Determinate, globe variety Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Beautiful pearly pink color, excellent for cooking with or serving fresh with salads and meals. Pink Girl produces large juicy tomatoes up to 8 ounces big with a lower acid content than most red tomatoes. Clovers Garden Pink Girl Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Classic Globe Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease- and crack-resistant

A good choice for containers, Red Grape produces two-inch fruits all summer long. Delicious off the vine, tossed in Caprese salad, or skewered and grilled, a must-have for the kitchen garden. Clovers Garden Red Grape Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this determinate variety produces tomatoes all at once so you can get your canning and salsa made in one (or two!) batches. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Determinate, Grape- or Cherry-Type Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

This Heirloom Roma has thicker flesh and less seed content than most and really is one of the best cooking tomatoes you'll find. Cooking brings out the exceptional sweetness of the San Marzano making it perfect for sauces, soups, salsa, and grilling. Clovers Garden San Marzano Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Heirloom Roma Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease-resistant

Easy-to-grow and disease resistant, the Sunsugar puts out hundreds of yellow cherry tomatoes that ripen to orange. Vines can grow up to 6-feet long and will bear up until frost. Super sweet cherries are perfect for snacking, salads, and shishkabobs. Clovers Garden Sunsugar Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Cherry, Indeterminate 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Cherry Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease resistant

This smooth-skinned tomato with solid, meaty fruit produces high yields up until frost. Will benefit from caging or staking to support the weight of the fruit. Adaptable across most zones, Super Fantastic is a must have for your tomato garden. Clovers Garden Super Fantastic Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Beefsteak Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Disease resistant

A true workhorse in the cherry tomato family, this easy-to-grow plant produces tomatoes by the hundreds! Commonly referred to as "vine candy" due to their sugary sweet flavor, these tomatoes grow abundantly on huge plants that reach up to 10-feet tall! Delicious right off the vine but also great for cooking and freezing.  Clovers Garden Sweet 100 Cherry Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long harvest – this indeterminate variety produces tomatoes until frost. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Type: Indeterminate, Cherry Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

Tomatillo plants grow just like indeterminate tomatoes and put out hundreds of small green tomato-like fruits encased in a papery husk. As the husk dries, the inner fruit is revealed and ready to pick. A staple of Mexican cuisine and a must-have for Chili Verde sauce, tomatillos are easy to grow and have a tart, yet sweet and citrusy flavor. Use in fresh salsas, delicious grilled, mix into chili and stews, or preserved in jams and jellies. These plants require cross pollination so you need at least two plants together for fruit to form. Clovers Garden Tomatillo Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomatillo plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed How to Grow Tomatillos As the fruit matures it fills the paper husk that encloses it, then the husk turns brown and splits open by harvest time, showing the green fruit inside. Remove fruits from the plant when husks turn tan and split open and the fruits inside are firm. If frost is expected, remove the entire plant and hang it upside down in a sheltered location to ripen the remaining fruits. Like tomatoes, they will continue to ripen after harvest.

This easy-to-grow tomato produces early and puts out large amounts of good-sized fruit right up until frost. A popular indeterminate, the Whopper is great in every summer dish and makes a good canner. What You Get with a Clovers Garden Tomato Plant: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, globe variety. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Tomato Plant Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 65 days after planting Fruit Size: Average, 12 ounces Spacing: 36” Size: 8' to 10' plant Type: Indeterminate Crack Resistant Resistant to: verticillium wilt (V), fusarium wilt (F), and nematodes (N).  

This easy-to-grow tomato produces early and puts out large amounts of good-sized fruit right up until frost. A popular garden choice, the Wisconsin 55 Tomato is a good slicer and cans well. Clovers Garden Wisconsin 55 Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, globe variety. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Tomato Plant Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Type: Indeterminate Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 65 days after planting Spacing: 36” Size: 8' to 10' plant Fruit Size: Average, 12 ounces Resistant to: blossom end rot and gray leaf spot (St). 

Unique Heirloom, Great Producer A proven garden favorite that dates back to 1805! Produces a high yield of 2" pear-shaped yellow tomatoes, delicious is fresh salads and adds interesting color to salsas and pasta salads. Grows well in a container or patio pot.  Clovers Garden Yellow Pear Tomato Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomato plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Indeterminate, globe variety. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Tomato Plant Growing Requirements: Light: Full Sun Type: Indeterminate Growth: Benefits from caging or staking Matures: 65 days after planting Spacing: 36” Size: 8' to 10' plant Fruit Size: Average, 8 ounces

Imagine the fire this will bring to your next BBQ! Bring the heat this summer with these scorching hot, hot, hot peppers. Ranked by Guinness World Records as the world's hottest pepper, the Carolina Reaper lives up to its name! Putting out tiny, burning, little balls of red-hot fire, these peppers top the Scoville Scale at 2.2 Million Units. Order early as this hard-to-find pepper sells out quickly! Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 6” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Grow some heat in your garden this summer! Carolina Reaper (Capsicum chinense) is an unbelievably hot pepper variety developed by a grower in South Carolina. Carolina Reapers are a chile pepper plant variety that was created by crossing a Pakistani Naga with a Red Habanero type from St. Vincents Island in the West Indies. It is also called HP22B pepper It looks similar to the Trinidad Scorpion, but the pepper's flesh is bumpier. It has been Scoville tested up to 2.2 million units with an average heat level of over 1,400,000. These chile plants grow slowly in the beginning like Nagas but in a humid climate they are very productive.

Gardener favorite for yield, flavor, and heat.  One of HOT pepper gardening’s preferred plants – these gorgeous, great-producing pepper plants are easy-to-grow. Four times hotter than a Habaneros, world-famous Ghost peppers are hotter-than-hot with a fruity, smoky flavor. Perfect in salsa, chili, stew, soup, and other spicy dishes. This is a Gardener favorite for yield, flavor, and heat.  and it sells out every year!  Clovers Garden Ghost Pepper Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 6” tall plants, in 4” pots. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed These must-have hot peppers will spice up your garden and heat up your next BBQ.

  The super-flavor hot pepper everyone asks for! This traditional hot pepper is a must-have for summer. The 2" ball-shaped peppers will turn from green to yellow to orange-red (and only get hotter as they ripen). Topping the Scoville chart at 100k to 350K, this heirloom favorite is packed with smoky, citrusy flavor and floral aroma.  And, of course, bumps up the heat index to HOT! Easy to grow, great producer, and delicious grilled, roasted, or fresh! Clovers Garden Hot Habanero Pepper Plants: Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 6” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

The Thai Gong Bao Pepper is a mass producer of hot, hot peppers (50K to 100K on the Scoville Scale).  Lovely as an accent in your garden, this plant grows in a bush-like shape with prolific yield -- up to 200 fruits per plant! Outstanding nutty flavor with the heat needed to spice up Thai and Asian dishes. Delicious fresh, roasted, fried, or dried.  Clovers Garden Thai Gong Bao Dragon Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – We work with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Plant will reach a height of 12” to 24” and with the colorful peppers, it is a very attractive plant. The decorative appeal of this pepper also makes it ideal for containers and used in gardens as an attractive accent plant. Perfect for small spaces, balconies, and deck planters.

Plant only if you can handle some H-E-A-T! Ranked on the Scoville Scale at 2 Million, the Trinidad Scorpion is listed in the 2012 Guinness Book of World Records! And it lives up to its name as one-of-a-kind: super hot, gorgeous color and form, made for the bravest gardeners and cooks out there. You will be the envy of your block party!        Clovers Garden Trinidad Scorpion Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Don't miss out on this unique garden pepper plant -- it sells out quickly!

These super-hot peppers – 300K to 475K Scoville Scale Ranking!! – are a great producer and perfect for the brave hot pepper gardener. Twice the heat of ordinary habaneros and 80 times hotter than a jalapeno, these habaneros bring a fruity, smoky accent with a floral aroma to your best summer salsas, marinades, and spicy dishes. Try stuffed with cream cheese and grilled. Delicious and the cheese tames the heat. Clovers Garden Caribbean Habanero Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 6” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Give these delicious peppers a try and spice up your summer cooking!

This super productive plants gives fruit well into the fall. Attractive growth pattern makes it a lovely addition to containers or bedding gardens. Long, slim chili adds spice to your summer cooking and dries nicely for storage.  Clovers Garden Cayenne Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This flavorful, mild chili pepper has a low 1000 to 2500 Scoville Heat Units for just enough heat to spice up your cooking. A Mexican menu favorite, it's perfect for stuffing, roasting, or grilling.  Clovers Garden Anaheim Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This vigorous, fast grower is perfect for patio pots and deck planters. Harvest earlier than most varieties or leave on the vine to mature to a lovely deep red. A heavy producer with large (up to 5 inches across!) thick-walled fruit perfect for salads and fresh salsas or deliciously sweet grilled and roasted. Clovers Garden Better Bell Peppers Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

The most popular green Bell Pepper variety sold today! Its great flavor, color, and yield are like no other and it grows well in colder climates, with a short growing season and quite disease resistant. Terrific flavor when eaten green off the plant or let them fully mature to their bright red color for the ultimate pepper sweetness. Clovers Garden California Wonder Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This lovely plant puts out fiery HOT peppers and does double duty as a gorgeous ornamental plant filled with dozens and dozens of  bright, colorful peppers. Perfect when cooking spicy cuisine, chili, stews, or, of course, a must-have for salsa. Also good dried in a ristra. Clovers Garden Super Chili Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – We work with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Grow some heat in your garden this summer!

One of the most versatile peppers around, this pepper is brings just enough heat to salads, salsas, sandwiches, and grilled entrees. Grows large fruits that go from green to red. A great pepper garden choice as it produces early in the season and lasts until fall.  Clovers Garden Hot Banana Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This disease-resistant pepper produces heavy yields throughout the season. Peppers have great flavor with medium heat that increases as they mature from green to red. Great for salsas and grilling. Clovers Garden Salsa Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Beautiful huge golden bell peppers full of sweet flavor, naturally low in calories, and high in vitamins. Great for snacking, salads, grilling, and salsas.  Peppers are green when immature, changing to a lovely golden yellow color with a sweeter flavor when ripe. Clovers Garden Golden California Wonder Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to yellow. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

The most popular chili pepper in the United States, jalapeno is the go-to pepper for nachos, salsas, and chili. Delicious sliced, pickled, or grilled, this pepper adapts to almost any climate whether dry, humid, or cool. Easy-to-grow and a good producer. Peppers get hotter as they stay on the vine turning from green to red. What you Get with Clovers Garden Jalapeno Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This is truly the King of the Bell Peppers! Produces big, blocky peppers up to five-inches wide! Sturdy plants grow up to 22-inches high, produces early, and keeps on going all summer long. Peppers are sweet and crisp and ripen to a lovely, deep red color. Clovers Garden King Arthur Pepper Plants Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Tolerant to most diseases including TMV and PVY

These delicious peppers are great served fresh or cooked in soups, stir-fries, stews, roasted or grilled. One of the most dependable producers of sweet peppers known, Lady Bell flourishes even in cooler weathers of the Northeast. Clovers Garden Lady Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Melrose Pepper is a beloved heirloom variety known for its sweet flavor, thin skin, and culinary versatility. Originating from Italy and cherished in Italian-American kitchens, Melrose Peppers are excellent fried, grilled, roasted, or fresh in salads. These mild peppers ripen from green to glossy red, offering abundant harvests from summer through early fall and attracting beneficial pollinators to your garden. Easy-care and productive, Melrose Pepper plants thrive in full sun and well-draining soil. Plants yield numerous elongated, tapered peppers 4-6 inches long, ideal fresh or cooked, adding delicious flavor to meals. Whether grown in beds or containers, Melrose Peppers deliver reliable, tasty results for all gardeners. (Capsicum annuum 'Melrose') Melrose Pepper - Fun Fact:The beloved Melrose Pepper was first cultivated in Melrose Park, Illinois, by Italian immigrants who brought pepper seeds from their hometowns in Italy during the early 1900s. Known for their sweet, mild flavor and tender skin, these peppers became a cherished ingredient in Italian-American cooking, symbolizing the community’s proud heritage and culinary traditions. Today, they're celebrated annually at festivals honoring Melrose Park's rich Italian roots. Clovers Garden Melrose Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Melrose Pepper plants, 4” to 10” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown naturally without harmful chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – Strong, healthy plants ready to thrive in your garden from day one. Grown in the Midwest – All plants grown in the USA, managed carefully from seed to shipment. Sweet, Mild Italian Heirloom – Ideal for authentic Italian dishes, grilling, frying, and fresh eating. High-Yielding – Produces abundant, elongated peppers averaging 4-6 inches in length. Pollinator-Friendly – Attracts beneficial insects, enhancing garden biodiversity and health. Excellent for Containers – Compact, sturdy growth ideal for patio containers and small gardens. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – Securely packaged for safe, eco-friendly delivery. Quick Start Planting Guide – Easy-to-follow planting instructions included with every order. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Trusted by gardeners since 1957. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed How to Grow and Care for Melrose Pepper: Sunlight – Thrives best in full sun (minimum 6-8 hours daily).  Soil – Prefers rich, well-draining garden soil; amend with compost if needed.  Watering – Regular watering, ensuring consistent moisture without over-saturation. Spacing – Plant 18-24 inches apart to encourage healthy growth and airflow.  Maintenance – Minimal care required; provide support if plants become heavily loaded with peppers.  Pest Prevention – Practice regular garden hygiene and check frequently for pests. Common Questions About Melrose Pepper: How big do Melrose peppers grow? Melrose peppers typically grow 4-6 inches long and have a sweet, mild flavor. Are Melrose peppers spicy? No, Melrose peppers are sweet and mild, perfect for fresh eating and cooking. How long until Melrose peppers are ready to harvest? They usually mature within 70-80 days after transplanting to the garden. Can Melrose peppers be grown in containers? Yes, their compact size makes them excellent for patio pots or container gardens. Do Melrose peppers attract pollinators? Yes, their blooms attract beneficial pollinators, enhancing garden health. When should I pick Melrose peppers? Harvest them green for mild flavor or wait until fully ripe and red for enhanced sweetness. Are Melrose pepper plants high yielding? Yes, they produce abundant harvests, ideal for home gardeners and culinary enthusiasts. What type of soil is best for Melrose peppers? Rich, well-drained garden soil amended with compost is best. Are Melrose peppers good for grilling and frying? Yes! They’re particularly popular grilled, roasted, fried, or sautéed due to their thin skin and sweet flavor. Companion Plants for Melrose Pepper: Tomatoes & Basil – Enhance flavor and natural pest resistance.  Marigolds & Nasturtiums – Attract pollinators and repel harmful insects.  Oregano & Thyme – Aromatic herbs complementing the pepper’s flavor.  Onions & Garlic – Promote garden health and deter pests. Pollinator & Garden Benefits: Melrose Pepper plants provide delicious sweet peppers while attracting beneficial pollinators. Easy to grow and highly productive, these peppers are perfect for culinary dishes, container gardening, and enhancing garden biodiversity.

One of the most popular peppers grown in Mexico, when it's fresh, it's called a Poblano, when dried it's called a chile ancho (wide chile). Delicious fresh, roasted, smoked, or dried and used as seasoning. Clovers Garden Poblano Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

One of the most versatile peppers around, the Sweet Banana is tasty in soups, salads salsas, sandwiches, and more. Mild, tangy tasting peppers that add a boost of flavor to any dish! What you Get with Clovers Garden Sweet Banana Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

You can make your own Tabasco sauce (yes, this is that pepper!). This spicy little pepper has a Scoville Rating of 30K to 50K and adds heat to our sauces and salsas but is also good for drying and preserving. Also lovely as an ornamental and looks great in container gardens. Clovers Garden Tabasco Pepper Plants Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

The Jalapeno M Mild Jalapeño Pepper plant is a mild variety of the jalapeño pepper developed at Texas A&M University in the early 2000s. If you love the flavor of a delicious Jalapeno but cannot handle the heat, this is the pepper for you. The fruits are large, measuring a whopping 3 inches or more, with a thick dark green flesh and less heat than the traditional Jalapenos (only 1000 to 1500 Scoville rating). If you remove the seeds, they’re even milder. Perfect for salsa, chili sauces, dips, and relishes but also delicious stuffed, baked, preserved, or served fresh on pizzas and sandwiches. This pepper puts out an abundant crop of 40 to 60 fruits per plant! Clovers Garden Tam Mild Jalapeno Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Peppers prefer full sun, rich and organic soil, and should be planted 18” to 24” apart. These pepper plants adapt well to container planting but avoid overcrowding. Expect to begin harvesting 67 to 73 days from planting and regular harvesting will encourage additional crop growth till the fall season.

Produces HUGE Whopper sized peppers! Each one is 4" to 6" long and 4" wide. Sweet, juicy flavor and an excellent cooker, this pepper does the heavy lifting in your pepper garden. What you Get with Clovers Garden Whopper Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

The most popular chili pepper in the United States, jalapeno is the go-to pepper for nachos, salsas, and chili. And this variety grows extra large jalapenos with thick, meaty flesh. Delicious sliced, pickled, or grilled and perfect for stuffed hot peppers. Easy-to-grow and a good producer. Peppers get hotter as they stay on the vine turning from green to red. Clovers Garden Jalapeno Megatron Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

The most popular chili pepper in the United States, jalapeno is the go-to pepper for nachos, salsas, and chili. This variety has smooth, thick walls and the perfect shape and size for upright canning or jalapeno poppers. Also delicious sliced or pickled for spicy sandwiches. Easy-to-grow and a good producer. Peppers get hotter as they stay on the vine turning from green to red. Clovers Garden La Bomba Jalapeno Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This large Anaheim chili pepper variety has vigorous growth habit and superb disease resistance. Coming in at under 1000 SHU, this pepper is the perfect addition with just enough heat to spice up every summer dish. Peppers get hotter as they stay on the vine turning from green to red. Clovers Garden Spitfire Anaheim Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

A jumbo-sized hybrid jalapeno, Mucho Nacho has longer, thicker fruit. Higher heat than regular jalapenos! Grows up to 4” long with firm skin and crisp, juicy meat. Perfect for stuffing and grilling. Clovers Garden Mucho Nacho Jalapeno Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

An elongated sweet pepper with fruit up to 6” long. Does well in both hot and cool zones and is resistant to tobacco mosaic virus. Ripens from light green to yellow to orange to red and can be picked at all stages. Only gets sweeter and juicier as it ripens. Perfect in everything from fresh to fried to pickled. Clovers Garden Gyspy Sweet Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

Big, beefy, boxy fruits that ripen to a gorgeous deep orange color in just 20 days from green. Gorgeous in your garden and delicious in every summer dish from fresh salads to shishkabobs. Extra firm fruit for long storage and a hardy grower for all season production. Clovers Garden Orange Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

This unique sweet bell pepper starts out yellow and turns a lovely shade of light purple as it ripens. The inside stays creamy yellow for an interesting sliced pepper. Early and abundant producer, this pepper plant does well in containers. Clovers Garden Lilac Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they ripen from yellow to purple. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

Take this Hot Pepper to the ballgame! Sport Pepper is named for its use as a pickled pepper topping for Chicago-style ballpark hot dogs! Grow on sturdy plants, with medium sized fruits that turn from green to red as they ripen. These can get hot, up to 15,000 SHU! The go-to for pickled peppers. Clovers Garden Sport Hot Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Top pick for tempura and stir fries, this delicious Japanese sweet pepper puts out finger-long fruits that ripen from green to red. With thin walls and high flavor, this pepper is a must-have for grilling and searing. It’s compact growth makes it perfect for patio pots and balcony containers. Clovers Garden Shishito Japanese Sweet Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

Corno di Toro (aka “Bull’s Horn”) is the Italian favorite sweet pepper. An early producer with long, tapered 6” fruits that ripen from red to green. Delicious grilled, roasted, or thinly sliced in salads. Plant has an upright growth pattern and does well in containers. Clovers Garden Corno Di Toro Sweet Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic

Serrano peppers are smaller and hotter than jalapenos with thick meat making them a great choice for roasting, salsas, and relishes. They can be as hot at 20,000 SHU so perfect for salsa. Fruit will grow from green to red as they ripen and only get hotter and sweeter the longer they say on the vine. Clovers Garden Serrano Hot Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – We work with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers well all season. Like all pepper varieties they can be harvested at all stages and only get hotter as they go from green to orange to red. Handle with care! Every part of this plant is hot, wear gloves when handling and avoid touching the eyes or nose. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Grow some heat in your garden this summer!

A gardener’s favorite, Purple Beauty produces heavily on compact, bushy plants. The mildly-sweet, crunchy fruit ripens from green to purple and holds its color well even when cooked. Clovers Garden Purple Beauty Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to purple. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Tolerant to high heat and humidity

Another early producer, the Red Bell puts out high yields that mature from green to red on the vine. This sweet pepper is well suited for sauces, cooked salsas, canning, freezing, and grilling but also delicious when served raw. Clovers Garden Sweet Red Bell Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live plants – big, healthy, ready to grow, premium pepper plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster and more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – we partner with a long-term growing partner and control the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – peppers need full sun, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining soil. Larger plants benefit from caging or staking. Season long harvest – this variety produces peppers all season long. Like all pepper varieties, they can be harvested at all stages and only get sweeter as they go from green to orange to red. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Light: Full sun Water: Prefers consistently moist soil Soil: Slightly acidic Tolerant to high heat and humidity Disease resistant

Early Jalapeño Pepper is a gardener's favorite, known for its early maturity, making it ideal for shorter growing seasons and cooler climates. Perfect for patio containers, raised beds, and vegetable gardens, these peppers mature quickly, providing abundant yields of crisp, medium-hot peppers (2,500-5,000 SHU). Their dark green, thick-walled fruits ripen to a vibrant red and measure approximately 3 inches long, making them ideal for salsas, grilling, pickling, and stuffing. Easy-to-grow and highly productive, Early Jalapeño thrives in full sun and well-draining soil. Compact plants reach 18-24 inches tall, perfect for container gardening or smaller spaces, delivering plentiful harvests all season. Enjoy these versatile peppers raw, cooked, or pickled, adding spicy flavor to dishes like guacamole, fajitas, and fresh salsas. (Capsicum annuum 'Early Jalapeño') Clovers Garden Early Jalapeño Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Early Jalapeño Peppers, 4” to 10” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Plants are grown without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – Robust plants with healthy roots handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Early Maturity – Quick harvest perfect for shorter growing seasons. Compact, Productive Plants – Ideal for small spaces and container gardens, reaching 18-24 inches tall. Versatile Culinary Uses – Excellent eaten fresh, cooked, or pickled; great in salsas, guacamole, and fajitas. Medium Heat – Flavorful medium-hot peppers rated 2,500-5,000 SHU. Deer & Rabbit Resistant – Naturally resistant, ensuring worry-free gardening. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Jalapeño Early Pepper - Fun Fact:Jalapeño peppers are named after the Mexican city of Xalapa (Jalapa), Veracruz, where they were traditionally grown. The "Early" variety was cultivated specifically to ripen quickly, giving colder region gardeners a fast harvest and fresh, spicy peppers for salsa, pickling, and cooking. How to Grow and Care for Early Jalapeño Pepper: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily). Soil – Thrives in rich, well-draining soil amended with organic matter. Watering – Regular watering; maintain consistent moisture without waterlogging. Spacing – Space plants 12-18 inches apart. Maintenance – Minimal; harvest peppers regularly to encourage further production. Pest Prevention – Resistant to most garden pests; naturally deer and rabbit resistant. Common Questions About Early Jalapeño Pepper: How hot are Early Jalapeño Peppers? They have medium heat, rating 2,500-5,000 SHU on the Scoville scale.  When can Early Jalapeño Peppers be harvested? Harvest peppers when dark green or wait until they ripen to red. Can Early Jalapeño Peppers grow in containers? Yes! Their compact size makes them ideal for containers and small gardens. How tall do Early Jalapeño Pepper plants grow? They typically grow 18-24 inches tall. Are Early Jalapeño Pepper plants good for cooler climates? Yes, their early maturity makes them perfect for Northern gardens and cooler coastal conditions. Are Early Jalapeño Peppers easy to grow? Absolutely, they're beginner-friendly and highly productive. What soil is best for Early Jalapeño Peppers? Rich, fertile, and well-draining soil amended with compost is ideal. Do Early Jalapeño Peppers attract pollinators? Yes, their flowers attract beneficial pollinators like bees and butterflies. How many peppers does one Early Jalapeño plant produce? Each healthy plant typically yields 20-30 peppers during the growing season. Companion Plants for Early Jalapeño Pepper: Tomatoes & Basil – Complement growth and flavor. Marigolds & Calendula – Natural pest repellents that enhance garden beauty. Cilantro & Onions – Share similar watering needs and pair well in cooking. Carrots & Lettuce – Excellent companions that utilize space efficiently. Pollinator & Garden Benefits: Early Jalapeño Pepper plants enhance garden diversity and attract pollinators, adding flavorful spice and visual appeal to your garden.

Pepperoncini Pepper plants produce deliciously mild, tangy chili peppers beloved in Mediterranean cuisine. Also known as Tuscan peppers, Sweet Italian peppers, or Golden Greek peppers, Pepperoncini are famous for their mildly spicy flavor (100-500 SHU), making them ideal for pickling or enjoying fresh in salads, sandwiches, pizzas, and more. Their crisp texture, slightly sour taste, and vibrant color add a delightful zest to numerous dishes. Easy-to-grow and productive, Pepperoncini plants thrive in full sun and well-draining soil, reaching a compact height of 18-24 inches. Perfect for container gardening, raised beds, or vegetable gardens, these plants yield abundant harvests of yellow-green, wrinkled peppers, commonly enjoyed pickled but also tasty fresh or cooked. Ideal for gardeners seeking mild spice with maximum culinary versatility. (Capsicum annuum 'Pepperoncini') Clovers Garden Pepperoncini Pepper Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Pepperoncini Pepper plants, 4" to 10" tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Plants grown naturally without harmful chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – Strong plants with robust roots, ensuring successful transplant and vigorous growth. Grown in the Midwest – USA-grown plants with carefully controlled quality from seed to shipment. Mild, Tangy Flavor – Slightly spicy, sour taste perfect for pickling or fresh eating, rated 100-500 SHU. Compact, Productive Plants – Ideal for smaller gardens, raised beds, or containers, growing 18-24 inches tall. Versatile Culinary Uses – Delicious in salads, sandwiches, pizzas, antipasto, or as a tasty garnish. Early Maturity – Quick-growing plants perfect for shorter growing seasons and early harvesting. Deer & Rabbit Resistant – Naturally unappealing to common garden pests, ensuring worry-free growth. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – Arrive quickly in eco-friendly, fully recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – Step-by-step instructions from planting to harvest, created exclusively for our customers. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with Midwest-grown plants. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Pepperoncini Pepper (Hybel) - Fun Fact:Pepperoncini peppers originated in Italy and Greece, historically cultivated for their mild heat and delicious tangy flavor. Traditionally pickled, these peppers gained global fame as essential garnishes for salads, pizzas, and sandwiches. How to Grow and Care for Pepperoncini Pepper: Sunlight – Full sun (6+ hours daily). Soil – Rich, fertile, well-draining soil amended with organic matter. Watering – Regular watering; maintain consistent moisture but avoid waterlogging. Spacing – Space plants 12-18 inches apart. • Maintenance – Minimal; harvest regularly to encourage more peppers. Pest Prevention – Naturally resistant to pests and rarely bothered by deer and rabbits. Common Questions About Pepperoncini Pepper: How spicy are Pepperoncini peppers? Mild heat, rated 100-500 SHU, significantly less spicy than jalapeños. Can Pepperoncini peppers grow in containers? Absolutely! Compact plants are ideal for containers, patios, and small gardens. What are other names for Pepperoncini peppers? Also called Tuscan peppers, Sweet Italian peppers, and Golden Greek peppers. When should Pepperoncini peppers be harvested? Harvest when peppers reach yellow-green color, typically 2-3 inches in length. What's the difference between Pepperoncini and Banana peppers? Pepperoncini peppers are tangier and mildly spicy, while banana peppers are sweeter and milder. How tall do Pepperoncini plants grow? They typically reach 18-24 inches, ideal for compact gardening. Are Pepperoncini peppers easy to grow? Yes! They are beginner-friendly, productive, and versatile. How many peppers will one Pepperoncini plant produce? A healthy plant yields 20-30 peppers throughout the growing season. Do Pepperoncini peppers attract pollinators? Yes, their flowers attract bees, butterflies, and beneficial insects. Companion Plants for Pepperoncini Pepper: Tomatoes & Basil – Enhance growth, flavor, and garden productivity. Marigolds & Calendula – Natural pest deterrents with vibrant color. Oregano & Cilantro – Complement culinary use and share similar care requirements. Onions & Carrots – Effective space use and beneficial pest control. Pollinator & Garden Benefits: Pepperoncini peppers attract pollinators, boosting garden biodiversity while providing tasty, versatile peppers ideal for pickling and fresh eating.

Victoria Rhubarb is a beloved heirloom perennial vegetable, famous for its tender stalks and classic tart flavor. Perfect for pies, jams, sauces, and baked goods, this rhubarb variety provides delicious harvests year after year. Growing rhubarb from live plants rather than roots ensures faster establishment, stronger initial growth, and higher success rates in your garden. Easy-care Victoria Rhubarb thrives in full sun to partial shade and rich, well-draining soil. Hardy and productive, plants quickly establish a robust root system, providing edible stalks from spring through early summer. Ideal for garden beds, patio containers, or edible landscapes, Victoria Rhubarb adds culinary versatility and ornamental appeal to your garden. (Rheum rhabarbarum ‘Victoria’) Clovers Garden Victoria Rhubarb Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Victoria Rhubarb, 4" to 8" tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown naturally, safe for pollinators and ecosystems. Faster Establishment – Robust root systems deliver quicker, healthier growth than bare-root options. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are USA-grown, managed from seed to your doorstep. Edible Culinary Delight – Tart, flavorful stalks perfect for cooking, baking, and preserving. Attractive Foliage – Large green leaves with vibrant red stalks add visual interest to any garden. Perennial & Hardy – Returns annually, providing long-term value and harvests. Easy Care – Low-maintenance; perfect for gardeners of all experience levels. Versatile Use – Ideal for gardens, containers, or edible landscaping. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Arrives promptly in eco-friendly, recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – Simple instructions from unboxing through harvest. Third Generation Family-Owned Small Business – Trusted since 1957, with established greenhouses in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Victoria Rhubarb - Fun Fact:Victoria Rhubarb, first introduced in England during Queen Victoria’s reign, quickly became prized for its exceptionally sweet, tender stalks. Rhubarb itself was historically valued for medicinal purposes long before it became a classic ingredient in desserts like rhubarb pie. How to Grow and Care for Victoria Rhubarb: Sunlight – Thrives best in full sun to partial shade (4-6 hours of sunlight daily). Soil – Prefers rich, well-draining soil amended with compost. Watering – Moderate watering; maintain consistent moisture, avoiding soggy conditions. Spacing – Plant 24-36 inches apart for optimal growth. Maintenance – Minimal; remove flowering stalks to promote stalk growth. Harvesting – Harvest stalks regularly; leave at least two-thirds of stalks intact to maintain plant health. Common Questions About Victoria Rhubarb: How big do Victoria Rhubarb plants get? Mature plants typically reach 2-3 feet tall and wide. Can Victoria Rhubarb grow in containers? Yes, large containers allow ample space for healthy root growth. Is Victoria Rhubarb deer resistant? Yes, deer typically avoid rhubarb due to its tart flavor and foliage. How soon can you harvest Victoria Rhubarb? Allow plants to establish for one growing season, then harvest lightly the following spring. Are rhubarb leaves edible? No, rhubarb leaves contain oxalic acid, which is toxic if ingested. Only stalks are edible. How long does Victoria Rhubarb last? Victoria Rhubarb is perennial and productive for many years once established. What soil conditions are best for rhubarb? Rich, well-draining soil amended with compost yields the best growth. Can Victoria Rhubarb tolerate frost? Yes, it is highly frost-resistant and thrives in colder climates (Zones 3-8). Is Victoria Rhubarb deer resistant? Yes, deer usually avoid rhubarb plants due to their tart taste. Companion Plants for Victoria Rhubarb: Strawberries – Classic companion, benefiting from shared growing conditions. Garlic & Onions – Naturally repel pests and complement growth. Asparagus – Perennial vegetable companion with similar care requirements. Marigolds – Attract beneficial pollinators and deter pests. Pollinator & Garden Benefits – Victoria Rhubarb enhances gardens with culinary and ornamental value. Hardy, easy-care, and visually striking, it attracts beneficial pollinators while providing delicious harvests year after year.

Nasturtium is one of the most interesting plants around with a secret history most growers know nothing about. At different times in history it’s been considered a vegetable, an herb, a flower, and even a fruit! Not only is it a colorful and easy flower to grow, but it is a totally edible medicinal plant that has dozens of uses for the home gardener. Each part of the plant is edible from the flowers to the leaves to the ripened seed pods. The nutritionally dense leaves are full of Vitamin C and Iron and have a peppery, spicy taste which is a wonderful addition to salads such as potato, chicken, and crab, or you can use the whole flowers as an edible garnish for fish dishes. The seed pods when dried can be ground and used like pepper as a seasoning. Clovers Garden Variegated Nasturtium (Alaska) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium garden plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes and the lovely foliage and blossoms make nasturtium a great filler plant. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed For the tastiest nasturtium leaves, keep the plants well-watered which helps moderate the spiciness of the leaves and flowers. It can be placed almost anywhere to grow – full sun, part sun, rich soil, poor soil – the choice is up to the gardener. Space 12” to 18” inches apart as they reseed themselves and fill in nicely. They grow 12” to 20” tall and create a colorful. happy fill in for almost any area. Also a natural aphid attractor so they'll stay away from your other garden plants:  great companion plant for tomatoes, cabbages, radishes and cucumbers as the serve to deter a number of garden pests.

One of everyone’s favorite herbs, Upright Rosemary makes a pretty ornamental shrub with its spikey, grayish needle-like foliage and pretty lavender-blue flowers and narrow upright form. Rosemary’s needle-like leaves are a chef’s mainstay for savory breads, herbal butters, vegetables, and roasted meats. The dainty bluish-purple flowers that appear mid-summer are beautiful in floral arrangements but also edible as a garnish. The aromatic and savory leaves can be used fresh or dried and used all year round. Clovers Garden Upright Rosemary Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

Triple Curled Parsley is a premium curly parsley variety, prized for its vibrant green, tightly curled leaves that add bold flavor and striking texture to any dish. More than just a garnish, this high-yielding herb enhances soups, salads, sauces, and Mediterranean dishes with its mild, slightly peppery taste. Unlike flat-leaf parsley, it holds its shape and texture longer, making it perfect for both fresh use and drying. This fast-growing, cut-and-come-again, Heirloom Herb thrives in gardens, containers, and window boxes, ensuring a continuous harvest all season long. Exceptionally easy to grow and resilient, it flourishes in warm and cool climates, attracts pollinators, and improves soil health with its deep roots. Whether you're a seasoned gardener or just starting out, this low-maintenance variety brings fresh flavor and lush greenery to any space. Clovers Garden Triple Curled Parsley Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality curly parsley, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators and ensure pure, natural greens. Premium Curly Parsley Herb Variety – Extra-tight, deeply curled leaves that hold flavor and texture longer than standard varieties. Cut-and-Come-Again Harvesting – This prolific herb produces continuous fresh leaves when trimmed regularly. Thrives in Gardens & Containers – This versatile herb thrives in compact spaces, making it ideal for patio planters, raised beds, and window boxes. Cold-Hardy & Heat-Tolerant – Grows year-round in many climates and withstands light frosts. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Parsley Triple Curled - Fun Fact:Triple Curled parsley became popular in the Victorian era for its ornamental appeal—its tight, curly leaves were often used as decorative table garnishes. Today, gardeners still love it because it’s both decorative and tasty, adding fresh flavor and texture to countless recipes. How to Grow and Care for Triple Curled Parsley: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun (6+ hours daily) but tolerates partial shade. Soil – Prefers rich, well-draining soil with organic matter or compost for best flavor. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist, avoiding overwatering; mulch helps retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing – Plant 8-12 inches apart to allow proper airflow and continuous growth. Growth & Harvest – A hardy biennial grown as an annual, producing continuous leaves all season long. Harvest outer stems first to encourage new growth. Pest Prevention – Triple Curled Parsley naturally repels many common garden pests. For added protection, companion planting with tomatoes, onions, or marigolds helps keep unwanted insects away. Common Questions About Triple Curled Parsley (Curly Parsley) How do you grow Triple Curled Parsley?  Plant in full sun with rich, well-draining soil. Water consistently and trim regularly to encourage continuous growth. Can curly parsley be grown in containers?  Yes! Its compact growth habit makes it ideal for patio containers and window boxes. How big does curly parsley get?  This compact herb typically grows 10-12 inches tall, making it suitable for small gardens and container gardening. What does Triple Curled Parsley taste like?  It offers a fresh, mild, slightly peppery flavor, perfect for cooking, garnishing, and drying for long-term use. How long does it take to harvest Triple Curled Parsley?  It matures in 70-90 days from transplanting, allowing for continuous harvesting throughout the season. Does curly parsley grow through winter?  In mild climates, it can thrive year-round. In colder areas, protect it with mulch or bring containers indoors to extend its growing season. How is Triple Curled Parsley different from regular curly parsley?  Triple Curled Parsley features extra-tight, deeply curled leaves, making it denser and more decorative than standard curly parsley. It retains its crisp texture and flavor longer, ideal for garnishing, drying, and fresh use. Its compact growth habit also suits container gardening and small spaces. Is Triple Curled Parsley a biennial or annual plant?  Triple Curled Parsley is a biennial in warm climates, producing flavorful leaves in its first year and flowering in its second before dying. In cold climates, it is grown as an annual since harsh winters often kill the plant. Many gardeners prefer to replant yearly for tender, high-quality leaves before it bolts to seed. What are the best companion plants for curly parsley? Certain plants enhance parsley’s growth, repel pests, and improve soil health, making it a valuable addition to your garden. The best options include: Tomatoes – Parsley repels tomato hornworms and helps improve tomato health. Asparagus – Deters asparagus beetles and promotes stronger growth. Chives – Thrives alongside parsley while naturally repelling pests. Carrots – Parsley may enhance carrot growth and keep harmful insects away. Peppers – Shares similar growing conditions and maximizes garden space. Pollinator Benefits: Curly parsley is typically grown as an annual herb, but if left to mature, it will flower at the end of its growing cycle, producing small, nectar-rich blooms that attract bees, butterflies, and syrphid flies. It also serves as a host plant for black swallowtail butterfly caterpillars, supporting beneficial insect populations. Allowing a few plants to flower enhances biodiversity while still providing fresh leaves for culinary use.

This gorgeous herb brings interesting color and texture to every container and is a pollinator favorite! Easy-to-grow with a nice bushy appearance and beautiful tri-colored leaves in purple, white, and green, Tricolor Sage stays compact and grows to about two-feet tall making it a great addition to planters. This herb is a easy to dry and delicious with chicken, pork, or savory dishes. Clovers Garden Tricolor Sage Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. All Season Harvest – just snip what you need for dinner or pick large bunches for drying. Plant will continue to grow and benefits from regular cuttings. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This Trailing or Creeping Rosemary variety is beautiful draping over a rock wall or cascading from hanging baskets and raised containers. With the same culinary uses as standard Rosemary, this delicious herb can be used fresh or dried as for flavoring for meat, bread, vegetables, stews, soups, and is especially yummy with roasted meats. Clovers Garden Trailing Rosemary Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

A FleuroStar award winner, the Toscana Strawberry Plant brings the wow-factor to your garden with gorgeous deep pink blossoms and lush foliage. Oh, and lots and lots of fresh juicy strawberries! This variety is a day-neutral strawberry meaning that these will flower and bear fruit continuously from summer through fall as long as the temperatures do not get above 90°F for extended periods of time. Hardy in USDA zones 3 to 9, this variety also is a more gentle spreader which makes it perfect for small spaces and containers. An excellent choice fresh eating and summer desserts but also freezes well for a sweet wintertime treat. Plant in a full sun location in the garden or in raised beds in loamy rich, well-draining soil. Cover plants with mulch or straw in the late fall to protect from winter cold. Clovers Garden Toscana Strawberry Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium strawberry plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – protect with covering of straw after hard frost. Perennial in USDA zones 3 to 9. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This lovely Sweet Thai Basil brings a spicy, anise-clove flavor and hearty aroma to your dishes. It's especially prized for Asian cooking as the flavor holds up under the high heat and extended cooking times of Asian foods. Basil is easy-to-grow, requires full sun, well-drained soil, and Sweet Thai Basil is also great grown in containers. Clovers Garden Sweet Thai Basil Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Sweet Marjoram, also known as Knotted Marjoram, is one of the most popular Mediterranean herbs grown for its culinary and medicinal value. It has a delicate, sweet flavor and subtle pungent taste similar to Oregano. The leaves are used to season soups, stews, dressings, sauces, and Italian and Greek dishes. Fragrant leaves and pretty lavender blossoms make it a great container, window box, or edging plant. Clovers Garden Sweet Marjoram Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Sweet Marjoram prefers a full sun location with a rich well-draining soil. The plants will reach 12” to 24” tall, when full grown. Trim plants when buds appear and before flowering to ensure continued plant growth. In most areas Marjoram will not survive the winter outdoors, so if planted in pots they can be wintered indoors (and you will have fresh herbs all winter long too!)

Sweet Basil Herb is the most well-known and of all basil varieties and is the key ingredient in Pesto sauces (yes, it’s super easy to make your own pesto!). Basil grows well outdoors or indoors and can easily be moved indoors for the winter. This variety is also a heavy producer and can be continuously harvested all summer. Perfect in pestos, caprese, tomato dishes, soups, salads, sauces, pasta dishes, and seasoned oils and butters. For fullest flavor from your basil leaves, pick before the heat of the day and add in during the last few minutes of cooking. Clovers Garden Sweet Basil Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Plant 12” to 18” apart inches apart in a compost rich, well-draining soil. Basil plants need 6-8 hours sunlight daily, but benefit from some afternoon shade. Cutting leaves frequently encourages more leaf growth and plant bushiness. As with all basil, pinch flower heads off before they open as the plant will no longer produce the fragrant leaves if it has flowered.

Grow your own strawberries at home! This great variety handles temps up to 100 degrees yet stays delicious and sweet. Perfect in jams, jellies, and frozen for smoothies. Plant in a full sun location in the ground or in raised beds in loamy rich, well-draining soil. Cover plants with mulch or straw in the late fall to protect from winter cold. What You'll Get with Clovers Garden Strawberry Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium strawberry plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – protect with covering of straw after hard frost. Grow as a perennial in USDA zones 3 to 9. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This lovely plant is where Stevia you buy in the grocery store comes from. The leaves can be used fresh or dried and are 30x sweeter than sugar with low, low calories. Grown like any other herb, this pretty plant will fill your garden spaces and looks great in containers. Click here to read more at our blog on how to grow and harvest Stevia. Clovers Garden Stevia Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This fabulous smelling, tasting, and growing herb is a must-have for your gardens! Perennial in most climates, this lovely plant freshens up your grilling, your cocktails, and is perfect mixed with flowering perennials in foundations. Clovers Garden Spearmint Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Silver Edge Thyme plant is a lovely ornamental but also edible herb. Thyme plants in general have small rounded delicate leaves and produce flowers that range from white to pink. The Silver Edge Thyme plant with its silvery white edge makes it a wonderful plant for adding dimension to gardens and planters. The plants only reach 6-10 inches tall and grow in a nice rounded mound shape, which make them ideal for landscaping borders, fragrant ground covers, between stepping stones, or tucked into containers. It has a subtle lemony flavor that makes it a great seasoning for chicken and fish dishes. Use it fresh or dried in vegetable dishes, potatoes, cottage cheese, soups and sauces and gravies. Thyme is also said to soothe coughs, and stomach aches and improve digestion, be a good addition to baths, and has cleansing effects for facial skin. This hard-working plant also attracts pollinating bees to your garden but repels mosquitoes! What You'll Get with Clovers Garden Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Plant in a full sun, 10” to 14” inches apart in a well-drained soil. Thyme does equally well planted in the ground or in containers. The leaves are most flavorful if picked before flowering.

A must-have in your summer garden, Cilantro has an unmistakable strong scent and flavor you’ll love in salsas, salads, and even cocktails. This particular variety is slow to bolt so you'll be able to pick it well into late summer. Easy-to-grow with pretty green leaves and delicate white flowers that pollinators love. Don't forget to collect the seeds in the fall – then it’s called Coriander which is equally delicious in Indian and Asian dishes! Clovers Garden Santo Cilantro Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

Rue Herb is prized for its attractive blue-green foliage, delicate yellow flowers, and distinct aromatic fragrance. Traditionally used in herbal remedies and culinary dishes, Rue adds both visual charm and practical uses to herb gardens. Compact, easy to grow, and naturally resistant to pests, Rue is a versatile plant ideal for containers, garden beds, and herb gardens. Easy-care Rue thrives in sunny locations with well-draining soil. Growing 18-24 inches tall, this ornamental herb provides both visual interest and natural pest-deterrent properties. Ideal for gardeners seeking versatile plants with edible and traditional medicinal uses, Rue is an excellent addition to any sunny garden or patio. (Ruta graveolens) Clovers Garden Rue Herb Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, Premium-quality Rue Herb, 3" to 8" tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Ornamental & Culinary Uses – Attractive foliage ideal for garnishes, salads, and herbal remedies. Pest-Deterrent Foliage – Natural repellent for insects, deer, and rabbits. Compact & Robust – Grows 18-24 inches tall, perfect for containers or garden borders. Drought-Tolerant – Low water needs once established; ideal for sunny, dry gardens. Versatile Planting Options – Great for patio containers, borders, herb gardens, and edible landscapes.  Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Rue - Fun Fact:Rue, known as the "Herb of Grace," was historically thought to ward off evil spirits and protect against plague and diseases during medieval times. Its unique blue-green foliage and strong fragrance made it essential in traditional herb gardens and folk medicine practices. How to Grow and Care for Rue: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily). Soil – Well-draining soil; adapts to sandy or loamy conditions. Watering – Water moderately; allow soil surface to dry between watering. Spacing – Space plants 12-18 inches apart for optimal growth. Maintenance – Minimal; prune to encourage compact growth. Pest Prevention – Naturally repels most pests; rarely affected by disease. Common Questions About Rue Herb: How tall does Rue herb grow? Rue grows 18-24 inches tall, ideal for containers and garden beds. Can Rue be grown in containers? Yes, its compact habit makes it perfect for patio containers and herb pots. Does Rue need full sun? Yes, Rue thrives best with at least 6 hours of direct sunlight daily. Is Rue deer resistant? Yes, Rue’s strong scent naturally deters deer and rabbits. Is Rue annual or perennial? Rue is a perennial herb in USDA Zones 4-9. Does Rue attract pollinators? Yes, it attracts beneficial pollinators with small, yellow blooms. Is Rue drought-tolerant? Yes, it requires minimal water once established and thrives in dry conditions. What soil is best for Rue? Rue prefers well-draining, fertile soil but can tolerate poorer soils. What are other Common Names for Rue? Rue is also known as Ruda, Herb-of-Grace or Ruta graveolens. Companion Plants for Rue: Roses & Raspberries – Natural pest deterrent benefits roses and fruits. Lavender & Sage – Aromatic herbs complement Rue’s pest-repelling qualities. Thyme & Oregano – Similar sun and soil requirements make them ideal companions. Marigolds & Calendula – Add bright color and enhance pest deterrent effects. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Rue Herb enhances gardens with ornamental beauty, culinary versatility, and medicinal value. Its natural pest-deterrent qualities and easy-care nature make it an ideal choice for organic and eco-friendly gardens.

This lovely herb produces beautiful purple flowers making it a great focal point of a any garden! Deer hate it but honey bees and butterflies love it. Delicious with chicken or pork and easy to grow. Clovers Garden Purple Sage Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

This lovely light-green sage plant has a delicate, fruity flavor and adds lovely color to your gardens as it puts out profuse scarlet blooms. A favorite of hummingbirds and butterflies, add it to your deck containers for summer long color. Clovers Garden Pineapple Sage Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

This fabulous smelling, tasting, and growing herb is a must-have for your gardens! Perennial in most climates, this lovely plant freshens up your grilling, your cocktails, and is perfect mixed with flowering perennials in foundations. Peppermint is also naturally bug, deer, and rabbit repellent! Clovers Garden Peppermint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. This plant will spread profusely and thrives as a perennial in Zones 4 and warmer. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

Orion Fennel Plant is a culinary standout known for its crisp, flavorful bulbs and feathery, aromatic foliage. Ideal for edible landscapes, containers, and patio gardens, this herb adds fresh flavor to salads, soups, and gourmet dishes. Its attractive green foliage and versatile uses make it a favorite among home gardeners and cooking enthusiasts alike. Easy-care and adaptable, Orion Fennel thrives in full sun and well-draining soil. Also known as Foeniculum vulgare'Orion', Sweet Fennel, or Common Fennel, this robust plant grows 18-24 inches tall, offering both visual appeal and delicious, anise-flavored bulbs. Whether planted in containers, mixed garden beds, or dedicated herb gardens, Orion Fennel delivers culinary convenience and garden beauty. Clovers Garden Orion Fennel Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Orion Fennel, 3" to 8" tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown naturally to support healthy ecosystems. Edible Culinary Herb – Delicious bulbs and aromatic foliage, perfect fresh or cooked. Crisp, Flavorful Bulbs – Ideal for salads, roasting, grilling, and sautéing. Compact & Robust – Grows 18-24 inches tall, excellent for garden beds or containers. Easy Care & Low Maintenance – Minimal care required; ideal for beginners. Heat & Drought-Tolerant – Thrives in sunny locations with moderate watering. Perfect for Containers & Gardens – Great for patio planters, herb gardens, or vegetable beds. Naturally Deer Resistant – Unappealing to deer due to its aromatic foliage. Grown in the Midwest – Plants are grown and shipped from the USA. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Arrives quickly in eco-friendly, recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – Simple instructions from unboxing to harvesting. Third Generation Family-Owned Small Business – Providing premium plants since 1957. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Fennel - Fun Fact:Fennel was highly valued by ancient Greeks and Romans, who believed it brought courage, strength, and longevity. Gladiators ate fennel seeds before combat to boost bravery and stamina, and the seeds were traditionally chewed to freshen breath during long sermons in colonial America. How to Grow and Care for Orion Fennel: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily). Soil – Thrives in rich, well-draining soil enriched with organic matter. Watering – Water moderately, letting the top inch of soil dry between waterings. Spacing – Space plants 10-12 inches apart for optimal bulb development. Maintenance – Minimal care; harvest bulbs as needed to encourage new growth. Pest Prevention – Naturally resistant to most garden pests; rarely affected. Common Questions About Orion Fennel: How big do Orion Fennel plants grow? Orion Fennel grows approximately 18-24 inches tall, ideal for gardens or containers. Is Orion Fennel suitable for container gardening? Absolutely! Its compact size and attractive foliage make it perfect for patio pots and containers. Are Orion Fennel plants deer resistant? Yes! Deer usually avoid fennel plants because of their aromatic scent. Do Orion Fennel plants prefer full sun? Yes, Orion Fennel grows best in full sun with at least 6 hours of direct sunlight daily. How often should Orion Fennel plants be watered? Water moderately, allowing the topsoil to dry slightly between waterings. Are Orion Fennel plants annuals or perennials? Typically grown as an annual, but can behave as perennial in warmer climates (Zones 7-10). Do Orion Fennel plants attract pollinators? Yes! Their small yellow flowers attract beneficial insects and pollinators. What soil is best for Orion Fennel? Well-draining, fertile soil enriched with compost ensures healthy growth. Common Names for Orion Fennel - Orion Fennel is also known simply as Sweet Fennel, Common Fennel, or Bulb Fennel. Companion Plants for Orion Fennel: Tomatoes & Peppers – Complement growth and flavor. Dill & Parsley – Similar care and growth needs. Marigolds & Calendula – Natural pest-repelling partners. Lavender & Sage – Aromatic herbs enhancing garden biodiversity. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Orion Fennel adds culinary value to gardens while attracting beneficial pollinators. Easy-care, heat-tolerant, and ornamental, it's a great addition for any garden.

Orange Mint is a fragrant, lush, attractive plant ideal for gardens and containers alike. The deep green leaves are tinted with shades of orangey-red, and it has a unique, citrusy aroma and flavor. Like all of the mint plants, Orange Mint is a great filler for bare spots in the garden, with the attractive leaves and beautiful pale purple flowers. High in Vitamin A and C, this delicious mint not only adds zest and zing to drinks and dishes but is a healthy menu choice. Use fresh in salads, desserts, garnishes, added to cold drinks, and or as sauce for lamb and fish. Dried Orange Mint leaves are perfect for potpourris and sachets. Clovers Garden Orange Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Plant 12” to 18” apart in a full sun to part-sun location in well-draining soil. This variety of mint is heat- and humidity-tolerant so it can survive by water gardens and in moist parts of the garden. Lushest growth occurs in moist soil in partial shade. It will grow up to 24” tall and needs frequent pruning to contain the plant to a specific area. Perennial in most zones, just cut back in the fall and cover with leaves or straw to overwinter.

Nasturtium is one of the most interesting plants around with a secret history most growers know nothing about. At different times in history it’s been considered a vegetable, an herb, a flower, and even a fruit! Not only is it a colorful and easy flower to grow, but it is a totally edible medicinal plant that has dozens of uses for the home gardener. Each part of the plant is edible from the flowers to the leaves to the ripened seed pods. The nutritionally dense leaves are full of Vitamin C and Iron and are considered a folk remedy for respiratory ailments and a natural blood detoxifier. Nasturtium plants have a peppery spicy taste which is a wonderful addition to salads such as potato, chicken, and crab, or you can use the whole flowers as an edible garnish for fish dishes. The seed pods when dried can be ground and used like pepper as a seasoning. Clovers Garden Nasturtium Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium garden plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes and the lovely foliage and blossoms make nasturtium a great filler plant. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed For the tastiest nasturtium leaves, keep the plants well-watered which helps moderate the spiciness of the leaves and flowers. It can be placed almost anywhere to grow – full sun, part sun, rich soil, poor soil – the choice is up to the gardener. Space 12” to 18” inches apart as they reseed themselves and fill in nicely. They grow 12” to 20” tall and create a colorful. happy fill in for almost any area. Also a natural aphid attractor so they'll stay away from your other garden plants:  great companion plant for tomatoes, cabbages, radishes and cucumbers as the serve to deter a number of garden pests.

You can't make Mojitos without mint! And once you've tried this delicious fresh herb straight from the garden, you'll wonder why you never planted it before! This particular Mojito Mint plant has only been available in the U.S. since 2006 but it's already one of the most popular mints on the market. Versatile and delicious in cocktails, desserts, and with chicken or fish, you'll love this plant for its hardy growth habit and continuous production. Clovers Garden Mojito Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Repel mosquitoes naturally with these beautiful tall Lemongrass Plants! Perfect for foundation plantings, filling deck containers, or planted around your patio, Lemon Grass gives off a heavenly citronella scent that drives mosquitoes away! Bye, bye bugs and the scary diseases they carry. Lemongrass is also edible and can be used all summer for delicious stir fries, lemon-infused teas or vinegars, or use the whole stalk as a meat skewer.  Clovers Garden Lemongrass Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – this edible plant will grow all season long and can be harvested all summer, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Start growing your mosquito repellent garden today so you can enjoy your yard all summer!

Lemon verbena is a delicate herb with lemony scent and flavor. Does well in containers but can get quite large and should be pruned to control growth. Will also do well in partly-shady areas but needs good drainage. Use in tea, infusions, dried in sachets, or as a garnish with fruit desserts. Clovers Garden Lemon Verbena Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Lemon Balm is a member of the mint family and grows best in cool weather. The bright-green leaves are lemon-mint scented and are perfect for teas, infusions, fruit salads, and desserts. The plant blooms in tiny white blossoms which make a lovely cut bouquet addition. This lovely cottage garden must-have is a bee favorite and makes the perfect companion plant for your garden and fruit trees. Each plant will grow to about 2’ tall with branching stems and aggressive growth habit. Just keep branches trimmed back to control the spread. Plant is perennial in Zones 4 to 9. Deer and rabbits will avoid this plant! Clovers Garden Lemon Balm Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Grows as a perennial in Zones 4 to 9. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This easy-to-grow herb pairs well with a variety of dishes from sauces to vegetables to marinades and is not as strong-flavored as Greek Oregano. Use it fresh with grilled meats but its best flavor comes our after drying. Just rinse off loose soil, lay flat on a screen in the sun or hang in a bunch to dry and you'll have oregano all winter long! Clovers Garden Italian Oregano Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

Italian Flat Leaf Parsley is a chef’s favorite heirloom herb, known for its bold, robust flavor that elevates soups, salads, sauces, and fresh garnishes. Unlike curly parsley, this flat-leaf variety packs more flavor, making it a must-have for Mediterranean, Italian, and Middle Eastern cuisine. Its fast-growing, cut-and-come-again habit ensures a continuous supply of fresh, homegrown parsley for cooking year-round. Exceptionally easy to grow and resilient, Italian Flat Leaf Parsley thrives in gardens, raised beds, and containers, reaching 12-18 inches tall. It flourishes in cool and warm conditions, making it a low-maintenance, high-yield herb for any climate. A pollinator-friendly plant, it attracts bees and butterflies, while its deep roots improve soil health. Whether you're a seasoned gardener or just starting out, this vibrant, flavorful herb brings lush greenery and gourmet taste to your garden and kitchen. Clovers Garden Italian Flat Leaf Parsley Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality parsley, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators and ensure pure, natural greens. Robust, Bold Flavor – A stronger, more aromatic alternative to curly parsley, perfect for seasoning and garnishing. Cut-and-Come-Again Harvesting – Produces continuous fresh leaves when trimmed regularly. Thrives in Gardens & Containers – Compact growth makes it ideal for patio planters, raised beds, and small gardens. Cold-Hardy & Heat-Tolerant – Grows year-round in many climates and withstands light frosts. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Italian Flat Leaf Parsley  - Fun Fact:Italian Flat Leaf Parsley has been grown around the Mediterranean for over 2,000 years, valued for its fresh, bright flavor. Ancient Romans believed parsley promoted good digestion, which is why it's still traditionally served as a garnish or ingredient in many dishes. How to Grow and Care for Italian Flat Leaf Parsley: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun (6+ hours daily) but tolerates partial shade. Soil – Prefers rich, well-draining soil with organic matter or compost for best flavor. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist, avoiding overwatering; mulch helps retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing – Plant 8-12 inches apart to allow proper airflow and continuous growth. Growth & Harvest – A hardy biennial grown as an annual, producing continuous leaves all season long. Harvest outer stems first to encourage new growth. Pest Prevention – Generally pest-resistant, but aphids and caterpillars can be controlled with organic sprays or companion planting. Common Questions About Italian Flat Leaf Parsley: How do you grow Italian Flat Leaf Parsley?  Plant in full sun with rich, well-draining soil, water consistently, and trim regularly for continuous growth. How big does Italian Flat Leaf Parsley get?  This compact herb grows 12-18 inches tall, making it ideal for small gardens and container gardening. What does Italian Flat Leaf Parsley taste like?  It has a bold, fresh, and slightly peppery flavor, stronger than curly parsley, making it perfect for cooking and garnishing. Can Italian Flat Leaf Parsley be grown in containers?  Yes! Its compact growth habit and continuous production make it perfect for patio containers and raised beds. How long does it take to harvest Italian Flat Leaf Parsley?  Matures in 70-90 days from transplanting, with continuous harvesting all season. Does Italian Flat Leaf Parsley grow through winter?  Yes! In mild climates, it thrives year-round. In cold areas, protect with mulch or bring containers indoors. What are the best companion plants for Italian Flat Leaf Parsley? If you're growing Italian Flat Leaf Parsley, pairing it with the right companion plants can boost growth, deter pests, and create a healthier garden environment. The best options include: Tomatoes – Parsley repels tomato hornworms and helps improve tomato health. Asparagus – Deters asparagus beetles and promotes stronger growth. Chives – Thrives alongside parsley while naturally repelling pests. Carrots – Parsley may enhance carrot growth and keep harmful insects away. Peppers – Shares similar growing conditions and maximizes garden space. Pollinator Benefits - Italian Flat Leaf Parsley is typically grown as an annual herb, but if left to mature, it will flower at the end of its growing cycle, producing small, nectar-rich blooms that attract bees, butterflies, and syrphid flies. It also serves as a host plant for black swallowtail butterfly caterpillars, supporting beneficial insect populations. Allowing a few plants to flower enhances biodiversity while still providing fresh leaves for culinary use.

Oregano is a great addition to your herb garden and brings in the bright, bold flavor that pairs so well with other strong ingredients like tomatoes, onions, garlic and beef. Greek Oregano has even more aromatic flavor and scent than regular oregano. A great grower and lovely in container gardens. Clovers Garden Greek Oregano Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Bright, golden-edged leaves and lemon scent make this Thyme delightful for kitchen and garden both. So delicious with chicken or fish, adding a citrus aroma and light lemony taste. Also good in marinades or to make herbed butter. Clovers Garden Golden Lemon Thyme Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

A sought-after culinary herb, perfect for meat dishes and marinades, Garden Thyme is easy to grow and is extremely tolerant to drought and prefers dry locations. Clovers Garden Garden Thyme Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

A must-have for marinades, meats, and side dishes, Garden Sage is easy to grow with compact, bushy growth all season long. Pretty sage-green foliage and interesting texture makes it a great container addition combined with flowering annuals. Clovers Garden Garden Sage Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

French Thyme (thymus vulgaris) has fragrant leaves with occasional pink or purple flowers. Low-growth, compact, cascading growing habit makes this aromatic herb perfect for containers and window boxes. A favorite in Mediterranean and Middle Eastern cuisine. Clovers Garden French Thyme Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Genuine French Tarragon Plants, propagated from cuttings of other French Tarragon plants. Tarragon has a bittersweet, peppery but delicate licorice-like flavor and pairs well with fish, chicken, and is a main ingredient in béarnaise sauce. It’s lovely growth habit makes it a beautiful addition to planters and perfect as a garnish. Clovers Garden French Tarragon Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

French Sorrel is a versatile heirloom herb, loved for its tangy, lemony flavor and nutrient-rich, tender leaves. A staple in French cuisine, this fast-growing perennial adds a citrus-like zest to soups, salads, sauces, and egg dishes. Its mild, tart taste makes it a great spinach alternative, perfect for both fresh and cooked dishes. Hardy and easy to grow, French Sorrel thrives in gardens, raised beds, and containers, reaching 12-18 inches tall. This drought-tolerant, cold-hardy perennial returns year after year with minimal care. Whether you're a seasoned gardener or just starting out, this cut-and-come-again herb brings bold flavor, lush greenery, and endless harvests to your kitchen and garden. Clovers Garden French Sorrel Herb Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality French Sorrel, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators and ensure pure, natural greens. Bright, Tangy Flavor – Tender leaves deliver a mildly tart, lemony taste, perfect for soups, salads, sauces, and egg dishes. Cut-and-Come-Again Harvesting – Produces continuous fresh leaves when trimmed regularly. Perfect for Gardens & Containers – Compact, Decorative, and Versatile. With its striking arrow-shaped green leaves, this plant thrives in garden beds, raised beds, and patio planters, making it a standout in both edible and ornamental gardens. Cold-Hardy & Perennial – Returns year after year in many climates, tolerating light frosts and drought conditions. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed French Sorrel Herb - Fun Fact:French Sorrel has been enjoyed in Europe since ancient times for its pleasantly tart, lemony flavor, making it a popular ingredient in soups, sauces, and salads. Historically, it was also used medicinally to soothe digestive ailments and quench thirst. How to Grow and Care for French Sorrel Herb: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun to partial shade, tolerating a variety of growing conditions. Soil – Prefers rich, well-draining soil, amended with organic matter or compost for best flavor. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist, but avoid overwatering; mulch helps retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing – Plant 12-18 inches apart to allow for proper airflow and lush leaf production. Growth & Harvest – A hardy perennial, producing continuous leaves all season. Harvest outer leaves first to encourage new growth. Pest Prevention – Generally pest-resistant, but aphids and slugs can be deterred with organic sprays or companion planting. Common Questions About French Sorrel Herb: How do you grow French Sorrel?  Plant in full sun to partial shade with rich, well-draining soil. Water consistently and trim regularly to encourage continuous growth. Can I grow French Sorrel in containers?  Absolutely! Its compact size and adaptability make it perfect for patio pots, raised beds, and small garden spaces. How big does French Sorrel get?  This perennial herb grows 12-18 inches tall and spreads about 12 inches wide, making it ideal for edible and ornamental gardens. What does French Sorrel taste like?  It has a bright, tangy, lemony flavor that adds a zesty kick to soups, salads, sauces, and egg dishes. Does French Sorrel come back every year?  Yes! French Sorrel is a hardy perennial in USDA zones 5-9, returning each season with proper care. In colder climates, it may die back in winter but will regrow in spring, providing fresh greens year after year. Does French Sorrel attract pollinators?  Definitely! Bees, butterflies, and even hummingbirds love it, making it a great addition to a pollinator-friendly garden. How long does it take to harvest French Sorrel?  You can start harvesting in just 40-60 days from transplanting, and with frequent picking, it will produce fresh leaves all season long! What are the best companion plants for French Sorrel?  Certain plants enhance growth, repel pests, and improve soil health, making them great garden companions. The best options include: Chives & Onions – Naturally deter pests and improve soil health. Lettuce & Spinach – Grow well together, maximizing garden space. Strawberries – Benefit from sorrel’s ability to repel certain pests. Thyme & Oregano – Enhance soil nutrients and pair well in herb gardens. Pollinator Benefits - French Sorrel produces small, nectar-rich flowers when left to mature, attracting bees, butterflies, and other beneficial pollinators. Its long-lasting greenery supports biodiversity, making it an excellent addition to pollinator-friendly gardens.

This ornamental variety of Lavender, is not as strongly scented as other lavenders but the growth habit and blossoms are gorgeous making it a popular ingredient in fresh and dried flower arrangements. This particular plant is call "everblooming" because it flowers from spring until fall frosts and is drought tolerant. What You'll Get with Clovers Garden French Lavender Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Fernleaf Dill is a compact, heirloom herb with delicate, feathery foliage that brings fresh, zesty flavor to pickles, seafood, sauces, and salads. This fast-growing, space-saving heirloom variety thrives in containers, raised beds, and small gardens, making it easy for home gardeners to enjoy continuous harvests of fresh, homegrown dill without taking up much space. Exceptionally resilient and versatile, this pollinator-friendly heirloom herb thrives in full sun, producing aromatic leaves and umbrella-shaped yellow flowers that attract bees, butterflies, and other beneficial insects. As a host plant for black swallowtail butterflies, it supports a thriving garden ecosystem, making it perfect for small-space pollinator gardens or companion planting in vegetable beds. Clovers Garden Fernleaf Dill Plants: Two Large, Live plants - Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 3” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Compact and Space Saving - Grows 18-24 inches tall, making it perfect for small gardens, containers, and raised beds. Culinary Essential - Ideal for pickling, seafood dishes, sauces, and fresh garnishes. Pollinator Friendly - Attracts bees, butterflies, and beneficial insects while serving as a host plant for black swallowtail butterflies. Continuous Harvests - Regular trimming encourages fresh growth for an extended supply of dill leaves. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Dill Herb Fernleaf - Fun Fact:Fernleaf dill is uniquely compact, specifically cultivated for smaller spaces and container gardening. Despite its modest size, it retains the same delightful dill flavor—perfect for fresh culinary use and an ideal choice for urban gardeners. How to Grow and Care for Fernleaf Dill: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun (6+ hours daily) for optimal growth. Soil – Prefers light, well-draining soil enriched with moderate organic matter. Watering – Keep soil moist but not soggy; avoid standing water. Spacing – Plant 12 inches apart to promote airflow and healthy growth. Growth & Harvest – An annual variety, producing aromatic foliage and flowers from late spring to fall. Harvest leaves regularly to encourage new growth. Pollinator Benefits – Allow flowers to bloom to attract beneficial pollinators or go to seed for future planting. Common Questions About Fernleaf Dill: How do you grow Fernleaf Dill? Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, water consistently, and harvest leaves regularly for continued growth. How tall does Fernleaf Dill grow? This compact variety grows 18-24 inches tall, making it ideal for small spaces and container gardening. Can I grow Fernleaf Dill indoors? Yes! Fernleaf Dill thrives in sunny windowsills or indoor herb gardens with adequate light. Does Fernleaf Dill attract pollinators? Absolutely! Its yellow flowers attract bees, butterflies, and beneficial insects, while also serving as a host plant for black swallowtail butterflies. Is Fernleaf Dill good for pickling? Yes! Its fresh, aromatic leaves and seeds are perfect for pickling, sauces, and flavoring seafood dishes. How do I keep Fernleaf Dill from bolting too soon? Keep soil evenly moist, provide moderate temperatures, and harvest leaves frequently to delay flowering. Pollinator Benefits: Fernleaf Dill’s umbrella-shaped yellow flowers are a magnet for bees, butterflies, and other beneficial pollinators. It also serves as a host plant for black swallowtail butterflies, providing essential habitat for their lifecycle. This makes it an excellent choice for small-space pollinator gardens or companion planting in vegetable beds.

This popular strawberry plant was developed in Arkansas and is hardy and cold-tolerant, making it suitable for zones 4-8. This variety also has a high disease resistance self-pollinator, ripens in early summer, and continues to fruit until first frost. The big, delicious strawberries are a deep red color, very sweet with excellent flavor. An excellent choice fresh eating, canning, jam or jelly, and freezes well for wintertime smoothies.   Clovers Garden Everbearing Sweet Strawberries: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium strawberry plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – protect with covering of straw after hard frost. Grow as a perennial in USDA zones 3 to 9. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed This plant does produce a high amount of runners (roots that become clone plants), however during the first growing year it’s best to remove all but 2-3 runners from each plant. This will maximize the size and quality of the strawberries and help the plants root more effectively. In subsequent years, routine maintenance of the plant and its runners is needed to keep the plants in their spaces. Plant in a full sun location in the garden or in raised beds in loamy rich, well-draining soil. Cover plants with mulch or straw in the late fall to protect the plants from winter cold.

One of the most versatile of the culinary herbs, English Thyme goes well with everything from meats to vegetables to cheeses. A great addition to container gardens, it also naturally repels insects. Clovers Garden English Thyme Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This true English Lavender (Lavandula) Hidcote Blue is a perennial plant in zones 5 to 8. Known for its compact growth habit, beautiful and fragrant flowers, this lavender plant is a must-have in your garden. Foliage is a lovely grayish-green and the plant only grows to about 18” to 24” high making it a great edging plant. The scent of lavender, though, is what makes this a gardener’s favorite. Perfect in cut arrangements, dried for sachets, and even infused in vinegar or oil, Lavender also is a natural mosquito, deer, and rabbit repellent. It tolerates hot, dry locations and works well in containers as an annual plant. Group multiple plants together for a stunning effect all summer long that will attract pollinators and neighbors! Clovers Garden English Lavender Hidcote Blue Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 3” to 5” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Perennial in Zones 5 to 8, treat as a tender annual all other Zones. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – fantastic cutting garden addition, flowers are lovely fresh; dried in arrangements or sachets; or infused in oil or vinegar. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Tolerates hot and dry conditions and deer and rabbit resistant. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Repel mosquitoes naturally with these beautiful cascading plants that give off a subtle lemon scent. This edible herb is perfect to combine with flowering annuals or other mosquito repellent plants like Citrosa Geranium and Lantana. Clovers Garden Lemongrass Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – grown without chemicals to protect your pollinators and garden quality. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – this edible plant will grow all season long and can be harvested all summer, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Start growing your mosquito repellent garden today so you can enjoy your yard all summer!

This delicious mint has the taste of a peppermint patty and is a butterfly and bee favorite. Great for summer desserts, to freshen up a cocktail, and definitely tucked into all your containers for heavenly aroma and full, lush growth.  Clovers Garden Chocolate Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Chamomile is a beloved Heirloom Herb known for its cheerful, daisy-like flowers and calming fragrance. Ideal for herbal teas, culinary dishes, and natural remedies, it's perfect for gardens, containers, or patio pots. Easy to grow, drought-tolerant, and deer resistant, Chamomile adds delightful beauty and soothing aroma to any sunny space. Perfect for patio containers, garden beds, or herbal landscapes, Chamomile provides continuous blooms from late spring through frost. Also known as German Chamomile or Matricaria, this herb attracts beneficial pollinators, enhancing garden biodiversity. Easy-care and low-maintenance, Chamomile is a versatile addition for gardeners at any level. (Matricaria chamomilla) Clovers Garden Chamomile Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, Premium-quality Chamomile, 3” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Daisy-Like Fragrant Blooms – Perfect for tea, culinary use, and soothing remedies. Compact & Easy-to-Grow – Ideal for gardens, patio containers, and hanging baskets. Drought & Heat-Tolerant – Requires minimal water, perfect for sunny areas. Deer & Rabbit Resistant – Naturally unappealing to wildlife. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Chamomile - Fun Fact:Chamomile has a calming reputation dating back to ancient Egypt, where it was dedicated to the sun god Ra and used medicinally and cosmetically. Even today, it's known globally for its relaxing properties, most famously enjoyed as soothing chamomile tea. How to Grow and Care for Chamomile: Sunlight – Full sun to partial shade (4-6 hours daily). Soil – Prefers well-draining soil; adaptable to sandy or loamy conditions. Watering – Moderate watering; allow soil to dry slightly between waterings. Spacing – Plant 8-12 inches apart. Growth & Maintenance – Minimal care; harvest flowers regularly to encourage more blooms. Pest Prevention – Rarely affected by pests; aromatic foliage deters deer and rabbits. Common Questions About Chamomile: Do Chamomile plants attract pollinators? Yes, their flowers are highly attractive to bees and butterflies, supporting garden pollination. Can Chamomile grow in containers? Absolutely! Chamomile's compact size and easy-care nature make it excellent for pots and patio planters. How often should Chamomile be watered? Water moderately, allowing the topsoil to dry slightly between waterings. It’s drought-tolerant once established. Are Chamomile plants deer resistant? Yes, the aromatic foliage naturally deters deer and rabbits. Does Chamomile prefer full sun or partial shade? Chamomile thrives in full sun but can tolerate partial shade. Best blooms occur with 4-6 hours of sun daily. Are Chamomile plants annual or perennial? Typically grown as annuals, but in milder climates (Zones 5-9), they can self-seed and act as perennials. How often should Chamomile plants be watered? Water lightly and infrequently; Chamomile prefers dry conditions and is drought-tolerant once established. Are Chamomile plants deer resistant? Yes, the aromatic foliage deters deer effectively. What soil is best for Chamomile? Chamomile grows best in sandy or loamy, well-draining soil. What are other common Names for Chamomile?  Chamomile is also known as German Chamomile, Matricaria, or Wild Chamomile. Companion Plants for Chamomile: Lavender & Sage – Aromatic herbs that thrive similarly and enhance garden fragrance. Basil & Dill – Great companions in edible gardens, complementing culinary herbs. Marigolds & Calendula – Bright color and pest repellent. Thyme & Rosemary – Complement herbal gardens with similar growing conditions. Pollinator & Garden Benefits – Chamomile enhances gardens with ornamental beauty, medicinal and culinary versatility, and attracts pollinators for healthier gardens.

Catnip is a fast-growing heirloom herb, loved by cats and gardeners alike for its aromatic, soft gray-green leaves and delicate, pollinator-attracting flowers. This low-maintenance, high-yielding herb produces minty-scented leaves that cats adore, while also offering soothing herbal benefits for teas and natural remedies. When in bloom, its lavender or white flowers attract bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds, making it an essential addition to any pollinator-friendly garden. Exceptionally resilient and easy to grow, Catnip thrives in garden beds, raised beds, and containers, reaching 2-3 feet tall with lush, bushy growth. It flourishes in warm and cool climates, is drought-tolerant, and readily self-seeds for future seasons. Whether you're growing it for your feline friends, for tea, or to support pollinators, this versatile, multi-purpose herb is a valuable addition to any garden. Clovers Garden Catnip Herb Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality catnip, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators and ensure pure, natural greens. Aromatic & Edible Leaves – Minty, fragrant leaves excite cats and can be used for homemade teas and natural remedies. Fast-Growing & Self-Seeding – This low-maintenance herb naturally self-seeds, ensuring future growth year after year. Thrives in Gardens & Containers – Adaptable growth makes it ideal for garden beds, raised beds, and patio planters. Drought-Tolerant & Hardy – Flourishes in poor soils and dry conditions, making it a carefree addition to any garden. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Catnip Herb - Fun Fact:Most famously known for driving cats wild, catnip’s allure comes from an oil called nepetalactone, which mimics feline pheromones. Interestingly, humans also used catnip tea historically as a calming herbal remedy to soothe nerves and relieve headaches. How to Grow and Care for Catnip Herb: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun (6+ hours daily) but tolerates partial shade. Soil – Prefers well-draining soil, even in poor or sandy conditions. Watering – Drought-tolerant once established; water deeply but infrequently. Spacing – Plant 12-18 inches apart to allow for sprawling growth. Growth & Harvest – A self-seeding perennial, producing continuous leaves and flowers all season. Harvest young leaves for fresh use and flowers to encourage more blooms. Pest Prevention – Naturally repels aphids, squash bugs, and mosquitoes while attracting beneficial pollinators. Common Questions About Catnip Herb: How do you grow Catnip Herb?  Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, water sparingly once established, and enjoy its fast-growing, self-seeding nature. How do I prevent my cat from destroying my Catnip plants?  Place wire cloches or garden fencing around young plants until they are well-established. You can also grow some in hanging baskets or elevated pots for easier control. Can Catnip help repel mosquitoes and other pests?  Yes! Catnip naturally repels mosquitoes, aphids, and squash bugs, making it a great companion plant for vegetables and herbs. Does Catnip come back every year?  Yes! Catnip is a perennial in most climates, returning annually and self-seeding for even more future growth. Can Catnip be grown in containers?  Yes! Though it thrives in garden beds, it also grows well in large containers with well-draining soil. How big does Catnip Herb get?  This bushy herb reaches 2-3 feet tall, producing lush growth and fragrant leaves. What does Catnip smell and taste like?  The leaves have a minty aroma and mild herbal flavor, making them perfect for teas and natural remedies. How long does it take to harvest Catnip?  Matures in 50-60 days from transplanting, with continuous harvesting of leaves and flowers all season. How do I harvest and dry Catnip?  For best potency, harvest before flowers bloom. Cut stems, tie them in bunches, and hang upside down in a dry, shaded area. Once dry, crumble leaves and store in airtight containers. What are other names for Catnip Herb?  Catnip is also known as Catmint, referring to its mint-like scent and family relation to the mint plant. Other names include Field Balm and Nepeta, highlighting its medicinal and pollinator-friendly benefits. What are the best companion plants for Catnip?  Certain plants benefit from Catnip’s pest-repelling properties and pollinator attraction. The best options include: Tomatoes & Peppers – Repels aphids and squash bugs. Lettuce & Cabbage – Deters common pests like flea beetles. Beans & Carrots – Encourages healthy growth and maximizes space. Lavender & Rosemary – Enhances herb garden diversity while repelling mosquitoes. Pollinator & Pest-Repelling Benefits of Catnip - Catnip is a pollinator-friendly herb, producing small, nectar-rich flowers that attract bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds. Its natural pest-repelling properties make it a valuable companion plant, deterring mosquitoes, aphids, and squash bugs while supporting a healthy garden ecosystem.

This versatile, aromatic plant features lovely silvery-green foliage with gorgeous blue-violet blossoms that pollinators LOVE. A low-maintenance plant with compact, bushy growth, Catmint prefers full sun but can tolerate shade. Can grow in most moisture conditions but does not prefer overly wet soils. Blooms from mid-summer through first frost and can be used in sachets, herbal teas, and as a mosquito repellent. A hardy perennial in zones 4 and warmer, this plant will spread and benefits from regular pruning. Plant with Purple Coneflower, Black-Eyed Susans, Russian Sage for a lovely garden that will fill your home with bouquets all season long.  Clovers Garden Catmint Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Mosquito Repellent – this plant has a minty scent which deer, rabbits, and biting insects will avoid. Tiny flowers also attract honeybees and other pollinators. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Bouquet Dill Herb is a must-have Heirloom Herb for any garden, valued for its tall, airy growth and fragrant, flavorful leaves. This versatile, time-honored variety enhances pickles, seafood, and salads, adding a fresh, tangy taste. It’s also a pollinator magnet, attracting bees, butterflies, and hoverflies to support a thriving garden. Easy to grow and fast-maturing, it thrives in various conditions, making it ideal for gardeners of all levels. Appreciated for generations in both kitchens and gardens, Bouquet Dill’s umbrella-shaped flowers provide essential nectar for pollinators, while its feathery foliage serves as a host plant for black swallowtail butterflies. Whether you're growing it for its classic flavor, companion planting benefits, or to attract pollinators, this heirloom herb is a rewarding and essential addition to any home garden. Clovers Garden Bouquet Dill Herb Plants: Two Large, Live plants - Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest  - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Tall, Airy Growth - Bouquet Dill grows up to 2-3 feet tall, adding texture and vertical interest to your garden. Culinary Powerhouse - Use fresh leaves for garnishing, seeds for pickling, or flowers for aromatic seasoning. Pollinator Magnet Heirloom Herb - Attracts bees, butterflies, and other beneficial insects, while providing habitat and food source for black swallowtail butterflies. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed! Dill Herb Bouquet - Fun Fact:Dill has been cherished since ancient times, mentioned in writings from Egypt and Greece where it was used medicinally and as a sign of good luck. Bouquet dill, especially flavorful and aromatic, became a staple for pickling recipes across cultures. How to Grow and Care for Bouquet Dill: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun, tolerates partial shade in hotter climates. Spacing – Plant 12 inches apart for optimal airflow and healthy growth. Watering – Keep soil consistently moist but well-drained; avoid soggy conditions. Soil – Prefers well-draining soil enriched with organic matter for best yields. Care – Harvest regularly to promote growth. Allow flowering for pollinators or seed production for pickling. Common Questions About Growing Bouquet Dill Herb: How do I grow Bouquet Dill? Bouquet Dill thrives in full sun and well-drained soil. Sow seeds directly outdoors after the last frost, spacing them about 12 inches apart. Keep the soil moist until germination, which takes 7–14 days. This fast-growing, low-maintenance herb adapts well to most gardens and requires minimal care. Can Bouquet Dill grow in containers? Yes! Bouquet Dill grows well in pots or containers, but a 12-inch deep container is recommended to accommodate its long taproot. Use well-draining soil, place it in a sunny location, and water regularly to keep the plant healthy How do I harvest and store Bouquet Dill? For fresh leaves, snip them as needed once the plant reaches about 8 inches tall. To harvest seeds, allow the flowers to mature and dry on the plant, then cut the seed heads and place them in a paper bag to finish drying. Store dried seeds in an airtight container for long-term use in pickling and seasoning. Is Bouquet Dill easy to grow? Absolutely! This low-maintenance, fast-growing, and drought-tolerant herb is great for beginners and experienced gardeners alike. It adapts well to most soil types as long as they drain well. With regular watering and full sun, it thrives throughout the growing season. What are the best culinary uses for Bouquet Dill? Bouquet Dill is a versatile kitchen herb! The fresh leaves, known as dill weed, add flavor to salads, soups, sauces, seafood, and potatoes. The seeds provide a tangy kick, perfect for pickling, baking, and seasoning meats or vegetables. How can I prevent my Bouquet Dill from bolting? To delay bolting (flowering too soon), keep the soil consistently moist, provide some shade in extreme heat, and harvest leaves frequently. If growing for seeds, allow the plant to flower and dry naturally for the best seed production. Pollinator Benefits: Bouquet Dill’s umbrella-shaped flowers provide essential nectar for pollinators, while its foliage serves as a host plant for black swallowtail butterflies. By adding this herb to your garden, you’ll create a haven for beneficial insects that support healthy ecosystems and thriving gardens.

This Rosemary variety has stronger stems and more flavor in the needle-like leaves than other rosemary plants making it fantastic as BBQ skewers. The delicious herb is great for flavoring meat, bread, vegetables, stew, soup, and other food. Clovers Garden BBQ Rosemary Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Arugula is a slightly bitter, peppery, aromatic herb. Adds flavor to salads, fish or chicken, steamed veggies, and even to fresh pesto or chimichurris. Easy to grow and can be harvested all season long, just snip leaves off as needed. Plant will benefit from shade in extra hot locations but overall a hardy grower. Clovers Garden Arugula Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium garden plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes and the lovely foliage and blossoms make nasturtium a great filler plant. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

This hardy and easy-to-grow mint adds a sweet mint flavor to everything from salads to jellies to cheeses. Delicious in mojitos, iced tea, or lemonade and makes a gorgeous garnish. Crushed leaves also ease the pain of insect and bee stings. What You'll Get with Apple Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage and scent make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Ajuga Burgundy Glow (also known as Bugleweed) grows in a dense green- and purple-leafed carpet with spikes of clusters of purplish-blue, tubular flowers. These spikes can grow as tall as 14” and the plant puts out blooms all summer long. This perennial plant is technically part of the mint family with a low, mounding growth habit of purple-green leaves. As with all other mint-family plants, this plant will send out overground runners which produce rosette-like leaves that will take root if not removed or transplanted. This plant does well in medium-moisture, well drained soils and shady environments but can also tolerate more sunny locations and drier soils. Plant with taller plants for sun protection. Clovers Garden Ajuga Burgundy Glow (Bugleweed) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Artemisia Silver Mound is a fast-growing perennial with silver-green foliage that grows in a mound. Perfect for edging landscaping beds or planted along pathways. The gorgeous fernlike leaves give unique contrasting brightness and interesting texture to your garden. Stems hold up well to cutting for bouquets and the plant will actually do better if trimmed frequently Sometimes called Wormwood or Mugwort, this variety of Artemisia will grow to 10” to 14” high and 16” wide. Plant prefers sun but will tolerate partial shade. Also not picky about soil conditions and will grow just about anywhere including areas prone to drought. Plant is also deer resistant so makes a great companion to veggie gardens! Bright silver lacy mounded foliage is great for edging. Artemisia are prized for their silver leaves and excellent texture. Artemisia Silver Mound is one of the most popular silver foliage plants. Perfect near a meandering path or front of the border where its fine texture can be enjoyed. Clovers Garden Artemisia Silver Mound Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Fantastic Edging Plant – plant along pathways or garden edges for an interesting, low-growth filler. Whimsical fairy garden addition! Perennial in Zones 4 through 8 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossom. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Edible Asparagus Plants are a garden favorite, prized for their tender, flavorful spears and long-term productivity. This perennial vegetable provides years of abundant harvests, making it an essential addition to any vegetable garden. Homegrown asparagus is fresher, sweeter, and more flavorful than store-bought varieties, perfect for roasting, grilling, steaming, or adding to soups and salads. Exceptionally resilient and easy to grow, asparagus thrives in well-draining soil and full sun, requiring minimal care once established. With proper planting and maintenance, this hardy perennial returns year after year, offering a sustainable and delicious homegrown harvest. Clovers Garden Edible Asparagus Plants: Two Large, Live Plants - Premium-quality vegetable plants, 3” to 5” tall in 4” pots, ready to grow and thrive. Long-Lived Perennial in Zones 3 to 10 - With proper care, asparagus produces fresh spears year after year, offering decades of harvests. High-Yielding and Delicious - Produces tender, sweet, and nutrient-rich spears ideal for grilling, roasting, and fresh eating. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Cultivated without harmful chemicals, ensuring safe, eco-friendly gardening. 10x Root Development - Healthy roots ensure successful transplanting and vigorous growth. Easy to Grow - Thrives in full sun with well-draining soil and requires minimal maintenance after establishment. Pollinator-Friendly - Attracts bees, butterflies, and beneficial insects, enriching your garden. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - Proudly helping gardeners since 1957 with our Midwest-grown plants. Trusted Quality and Guarantee - Midwest-grown in the USA, ideal for home gardeners, and backed by our 100% satisfaction guarantee. Eco-Friendly Packaging -Fast shipping in recyclable materials. Care Upon Arrival - Each order includes a plant care sheet with step-by-step instructions to ensure your plants thrive from the moment they arrive. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Asparagus Edible - Fun Fact: Did you know asparagus was cultivated by ancient Egyptians and Romans more than 2,000 years ago, who valued it highly for its flavor and believed it had medicinal properties? Roman emperors loved asparagus so much they even kept special ships dedicated solely to bringing fresh asparagus from distant fields to Rome! Growing Tips for Edible Asparagus Plants: Asparagus care tips: Provide full sun, deep, well-draining soil, and patience—established plants will produce for decades. Perennial Plant: Hardy in zones 3-10, asparagus grows back stronger each year. Sunlight: Thrives in full sun (6+ hours daily). Spacing: Space plants 12-18 inches apart in rows to allow for proper root development. Watering: Requires consistent moisture during the growing season. Once established, it is drought-tolerant. Soil: Prefers deep, well-draining, nutrient-rich soil with organic matter. Care: Allow ferns to grow after harvest to strengthen the roots for the next season. Cut back in late fall or early spring. Common Questions About Edible Asparagus Plants: How do you grow asparagus plants? Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, space properly, and allow the ferns to grow after harvest to strengthen the root system. How long does it take for asparagus to grow before harvesting? Asparagus takes 2-3 years to establish before producing a full harvest, but once mature, it yields for decades. Can I grow asparagus in containers? Yes, but deep containers are required to accommodate asparagus' long roots. Raised beds are a better option for long-term growth. How tall does asparagus grow? Asparagus spears grow 12-24 inches tall, and the fern-like foliage can reach 3-5 feet in height when mature. How often do you water asparagus plants? Keep soil moist but not soggy, watering regularly in the growing season, and reducing watering once plants are established. Do asparagus plants attract pollinators? Yes! Asparagus flowers attract bees, butterflies, and other beneficial insects, improving garden biodiversity. Pollinator and Garden Benefits: Asparagus plants produce delicate, fern-like foliage and small flowers that attract bees, butterflies, and beneficial insects, supporting a diverse and thriving garden ecosystem. Its deep root system also helps improve soil health and structure over time.

Astilbe is a must-have for shade gardens. With a dark green, bronzy fern-like foliage and tall upright, bright red flower stems, Astible Fanal makes a beautiful combo with hostas. This plant is love by butterflies but deters rabbits and deer. The tall bushy red blooms fade to interesting fall and winter seedheads. Perennial in zones 4 to 9, the Astilbe flower makes lovely cut or dried flower. Plant in areas with lots of shade and consistent water – great for borders and edging but also looks good all on its own in a container. Will grow to about 20” high and wide and spreads well from year to year. Clovers Garden Astilbe Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – Hummingbirds and bees love these plants but deer and rabbits hate them! Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 4 through 9– with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Growing Requirements – requires full shade and consistent moisture. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. Traditional Cottage and English Garden favorites, these three hardy perennials add a prairie wildflower touch to every garden. Each is a pollinator favorite and all roughly bloom at the same time so you’ll have plenty of food for bees and butterflies and bouquets for your kitchen. We’ve selected this combination of plants – Purple Coneflower, Rudbeckia (Black-Eyed Susan), and Moonbeam Coreopsis because they all prefer the same growing conditions and thrive in Zones 4 to 9. These hardy perennials are easy to grow and maintain, making them perfect for both novice and experienced gardeners. They will spread and fill out with each season and are super low maintenance once planted. Perfect to plant against a foundation wall or in a sunny spot in your garden. Early spring to fall is the best time to plant these perennials! Clovers Garden Native Prairie Bundle Includes: Three Large, Live plants - ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. One each: Purple Coneflower, Rudbeckia, and Coreopsis. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Pollinator Favorite - birds, especially goldfinches, love the seeds of these flowers and bees and butterflies will visit all summer long. Grown in the Midwest - all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone - best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 4 and warmer. Growing Requirements - prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground.

Bee Balm (also called Monarda) plants are known for their unique shape, with clusters of tubular flowers and a large seed head that hummingbirds and songbirds love. This variety, Balmy Lilac, has lighter pink flowers and grows to be between 2-4 feet tall and can spread up to 3 feet wide. They attract pollinators such as bees and butterflies and make for a lovely cut flower for summer bouquets. Bee Balm prefers full sun to partial shade; moist, well-drained, loamy soil; and benefit from deadheading to promote blossom. Be sure to water consistently but do not overwater. This plant makes a great container addition but roots must be protected for it to survive freezing temperatures. A hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer, this plant is part of the mint family and will spread aggressively if left unchecked. Clovers Garden Bee Balm (Monarda) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Bee Balm (also called Monarda) plants are known for their unique shape, with clusters of tubular flowers and a large seed head that hummingbirds and songbirds love. This variety, Balmy Pink, has magenta pink flowers and grows to be between 2-4 feet tall and can spread up to 3 feet wide. They attract pollinators such as bees and butterflies and make for a lovely cut flower for summer bouquets. Bee Balm prefers full sun to partial shade; moist, well-drained, loamy soil; and benefit from deadheading to promote blossom. Be sure to water consistently but do not overwater. This plant makes a great container addition but roots must be protected for it to survive freezing temperatures. A hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer, this plant is part of the mint family and will spread aggressively if left unchecked. Clovers Garden Bee Balm (Monarda) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Bee Balm (also called Monarda) plants are known for their unique shape, with clusters of tubular flowers and a large seed head that hummingbirds and songbirds love. This variety, Balmy Purple, has purple flowers and grows to be between 2-4 feet tall and can spread up to 3 feet wide. They attract pollinators such as bees and butterflies and make for a lovely cut flower for summer bouquets. Bee Balm prefers full sun to partial shade; moist, well-drained, loamy soil; and benefit from deadheading to promote blossom. Be sure to water consistently but do not overwater. This plant makes a great container addition but roots must be protected for it to survive freezing temperatures. A hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer, this plant is part of the mint family and will spread aggressively if left unchecked. Clovers Garden Bee Balm (Monarda) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Bee Balm (also called Monarda) plants are known for their unique shape, with clusters of tubular flowers and a large seed head that hummingbirds and songbirds love. This variety, Jacob Kline, has brilliant red flowers and grows to be between 2-4 feet tall and can spread up to 3 feet wide. They attract pollinators such as bees and butterflies and make for a lovely cut flower for summer bouquets. Bee Balm prefers full sun to partial shade; moist, well-drained, loamy soil; and benefit from deadheading to promote blossom. Be sure to water consistently but do not overwater. This plant makes a great container addition but roots must be protected for it to survive freezing temperatures. A hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer, this plant is part of the mint family and will spread aggressively if left unchecked. Clovers Garden Bee Balm (Monarda) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Bee Balm (also called Monarda) plants are known for their unique shape, with clusters of tubular flowers and a large seed head that hummingbirds and songbirds love. This variety, Balmy Rose, has dark pink flowers and grows to be between 2-4 feet tall and can spread up to 3 feet wide. They attract pollinators such as bees and butterflies and make for a lovely cut flower for summer bouquets. Bee Balm prefers full sun to partial shade; moist, well-drained, loamy soil; and benefit from deadheading to promote blossom. Be sure to water consistently but do not overwater. This plant makes a great container addition but roots must be protected for it to survive freezing temperatures. A hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer, this plant is part of the mint family and will spread aggressively if left unchecked. Clovers Garden Bee Balm (Monarda) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground. Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Rudbeckia Autumn Colors, also known as Black-Eyed Susan, is a stunning Heirloom Perennial admired for its vibrant blooms in shades of red, bronze, gold, and mahogany. This unique variety delivers brilliant color from midsummer through fall, making it a garden favorite for attracting bees, butterflies, and beneficial pollinators. Easy to grow, drought-resistant once established, and low maintenance, it's perfect for sunny garden beds, borders, containers, and pollinator-friendly landscapes. Ideal for adding lasting color to flower beds, containers, and patio gardens, Rudbeckia Autumn Colors brings a bold splash of warmth and contrast. Its striking, long-lasting blooms are deer and rabbit resistant, providing worry-free garden beauty. Hardy and adaptable, this variety is ideal for gardeners seeking continuous color, pollinator support, and drought resistance in one beautiful plant. (Rudbeckia hirta 'Autumn Colors') Clovers Garden Rudbeckia Autumn Colors Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Rudbeckia Autumn Colors, 4" to 10" tall, in 4" pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Plants are grown without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Heirloom Perennial – Hardy in USDA Zones 4-9; reliably returns year after year. Stunning Color Variety – Blooms in rich shades of red, bronze, gold, and mahogany. Pollinator Magnet – Attracts butterflies, bees, and other beneficial insects, enhancing garden biodiversity. Drought & Heat Tolerant – Thrives in sunny, dry conditions with minimal watering. Deer & Rabbit Resistant – Naturally deters browsing animals. Easy Care & Low Maintenance – Perfect for gardeners of all experience levels. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Rudbeckia Autumn Colors - Fun Fact:Rudbeckia (Black-eyed Susan) flowers were traditionally used by Native Americans for medicinal purposes, from treating colds to healing wounds. The "Autumn Colors" variety was cultivated to celebrate nature, showcasing warm fall-inspired tones. How to Grow and Care for Rudbeckia Autumn Colors: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily). Soil – Well-draining, moderately fertile soil; adapts well to poor soils. Watering – Regular watering initially, drought-tolerant once established. Spacing – Space plants 12-18 inches apart for best results. Maintenance – Minimal; remove spent blooms to encourage continual flowering. Pest Prevention – Naturally resistant to pests and diseases. Common Questions About Rudbeckia Autumn Colors: Do Rudbeckia Autumn Colors prefer full sun or shade? Autumn Colors thrive in full sun, needing at least 6 hours of direct sunlight daily for vibrant blooms. Are Rudbeckia Autumn Colors annual or perennial plants? They're perennial plants in USDA Zones 4-9 but are often grown as annuals in colder climates. How tall and wide do Rudbeckia Autumn Colors plants grow? Typically, they reach heights of 20-24 inches and spread about 12-18 inches wide, perfect for borders and containers. How often should Rudbeckia Autumn Colors be watered? Water regularly after planting, but once established, these plants are drought-tolerant and prefer slightly dry conditions between watering. Do Rudbeckia Autumn Colors attract pollinators like bees and butterflies? Yes! Their brightly colored blooms attract bees, butterflies, and beneficial pollinators, making your garden lively and healthy. When do Rudbeckia Autumn Colors bloom and how long do flowers last? They bloom from midsummer through fall, continuously producing colorful blooms until frost. Individual flowers last several weeks. Are Rudbeckia Autumn Colors deer and rabbit resistant? Yes! Their fuzzy foliage and sturdy stems make them naturally resistant to browsing by deer and rabbits. Can Rudbeckia Autumn Colors be grown in containers or patio planters? Absolutely! Their compact size and vibrant blooms make them excellent choices for containers, window boxes, and patio planters. Companion Plants for Rudbeckia Autumn Colors: Echinacea & Sedum – Complement bloom times and attract pollinators. Ornamental Grasses & Asters – Add visual interest and height contrast. Salvia & Coreopsis – Bright colors that pair perfectly for extended bloom. Zinnias & Marigolds – Add vibrant annual blooms to enhance garden displays. Pollinator & Garden Benefits: Rudbeckia Autumn Colors attracts butterflies, bees, and other beneficial pollinators with vibrant, nectar-rich blooms. Its continuous flowering supports a healthy garden ecosystem and adds striking visual interest to beds, borders, and containers. Naturally deer-resistant, drought-tolerant, and easy-care, this heirloom perennial enhances eco-friendly gardens with lasting beauty and sustainability.  

This lovely, traditional perennial wildflower, Black Eyed Susan (Gloriosa Daisy), has bright yellow petals surrounding a dark brown center. Each plant starts blooming in mid-summer but really shines as the days get a little cooler. With a full, bushy growth habit, Rudbeckia typically grows to about 2’ to 3’ and is the perfect addition to foundation and landscape plantings. It will attract a host of pollinators, holds up well as a cut flower, and will only get bigger and fuller with each year. This plant is perennial in zones 3 and warmer but will do better if mulched over in very cold climates. These hardy, low-maintenance perennials are easy to grow, making them perfect for both novice and experienced gardeners. Clovers Garden Black Eyed Susan (Rudbeckia) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Pollinator Favorite – Birds, bees, and butterflies will visit this flower all summer long. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground and mulch with straw if you’re in zones 4 or colder. Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This brightly colored, flowering perennial is a cottage and French garden favorite. This variety or Gaillardia, Arizona Red Shade, has bright red petals, faintly tipped in yellow and orange with a large, yellow seedhead. Truly stunning in any garden and a gorgeous, long-lasting cut flower with sturdy stems. Blanket Flower blooms all summer and will attract bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds. Plant grows in a compact mound that gets to about 24” wide and tall and makes a great addition to foundation plantings and smaller gardens. Blanket Flower plants prefer full sun to partial shade; well-drained, loamy soil; and will bloom from mid-summer to first frost. Deadheading encourages more flower growth. This plant is a hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer. If planting in containers, roots must be protected from freezing temperatures. Clovers Garden Blanket Flower (Gaillardia spp.) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – prefers full sun to partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This brightly colored, flowering perennial is a cottage and French garden favorite. This variety or Gaillardia, Arizona Sun, has lovely yellow-orange-pink variegated petals with a large, dark seedhead. Truly stunning in any garden and a gorgeous, long-lasting cut flower with sturdy stems. Blanket Flower blooms all summer and will attract bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds. Plant grows in a compact mound that gets to about 24” wide and tall and makes a great addition to foundation plantings and smaller gardens. Blanket Flower plants prefer full sun to partial shade; well-drained, loamy soil; and will bloom from mid-summer to first frost. Deadheading encourages more flower growth. This plant is a hardy perennial in zones 3 and warmer. If planting in containers, roots must be protected from freezing temperatures. Clovers Garden Blanket Flower (Gaillardia spp.) Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Blue Fescue (Festuca Elijah Blue) is an outstanding perennial ornamental grass that adds interest and silvery blue-green color to your garden. This variety has a low growth, clumping habit with lovely tall, feathery fronds that emerge in the late summer. Does well in dry, loose areas; rock gardens; and slopes. Once established, it can tolerate drought and heat. Blue Fescue is perennial in zones 4 and warmer and the plant will retain some of its color all winter. Makes a great edging or groundcover plant and is a stunning addition to containers. Trim back to about 2” before new leaves emerge in the spring. Clovers Garden Blue Fescue Ornamental Grass Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium perennial plants, ornamental grass, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Great Foundation Plant – low growth, clumping habit makes Blue Fescue perfect for edging, rock gardens, and groundcover. Can be planted in a container for stunning effect but roots must be protected for winter. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 4 through 11 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. Winter interest – plant is semi-evergreen and tall fronds can be cut for fall and winter arrangements of left in place for height and interest. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water, tolerates drought and dry soils. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Commonly called Butterfly Bush, Buddleia Nanho Blue, is flowering deciduous shrub loved by butterflies and hummingbirds. Perennial in Zones 5 to 9, this plant flowers late in spring and will produce blossoms through the first hard frost. Each flower is large with thousands of small purplish-blue flowers that grow in a lilac-shaped bloom. Branches are covered in willowy gray-green foliage and abundant blossoms that gracefully arch over shorter plants making Buddleia a fantastic choice for perennial gardens.  Butterfly Bush prefers full sun and well-drained, loose soil. This plant will not do well in clay soils that are routinely damp. Buddleia grows quickly, can get as large as 5’ tall and benefits from regular pruning to control its shape and size. Flowers make fragrant and lovely cut flower arrangements and the more you snip it, the more it will blossom! Clovers Garden Buddleia Nanho Blue (Butterfly Bush) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Monarch & Pollinator Favorite – this plant is called Butterfly Bush for a reason! You will be amazed by the variety of butterflies it attracts as well as hummingbirds and bees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 5 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossom. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Asclepias Tuberosa (also called Butterfly Milkweed or Butterfly Weed) is truly every gardener’s favorite perennial plant. Tall, upright stems bursting in gorgeous tangerine-orange blossoms that attract pollinators including Monarchs! Super hardy and easy to grow, this plant will fill your garden with beautiful blooms, bees, butterflies, and birds for years to come. The green seed pods add interest fall through winter and can be saved for dried arrangements. Asclepias grows to about 24” high, 24” wide, and will spread each year. Blooms open nearly all summer long and sturdy stems provide lovely green foliage in the garden. This plant prefers full sun and even thrives in hot, dry gardens; is perennial in Zones 3 to 9; and can tolerate nearly any soil condition including seaside salty locations! Clovers Garden Asclepias Tuberosa Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Monarch Must-Have & Pollinator Favorite – this plant is one of the few plants that Monarch Butterflies will lay eggs on! Plant support caterpillars as they grow into butterflies and nectar supports butterflies as they make their long journey. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This pretty purple-blue Bellflower (Campanula Rapido Blue) is a must have for English Cottage Gardens. Pretty, bell-shaped flowers dot spiky stems that grow to about 7” and blooms in early spring over compact, mounded foliage. An easy-to-grow hardy plant, Bellflower is perennial in zones 3 to 8, deer resistant but loved by bees and hummingbirds.  Plant as a groundcover, in rock gardens, or as a pretty foundation front-of-garden edging. Will grow in full sun to partial shade and prefers protection from hot afternoon sun. Clovers Garden Bellflower Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – Hummingbirds and bees love these easy-access blossoms especially as an early spring food source. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 8 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossom. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Candytuft (Iberis) is an edging showstopper with mountains of cascading snow-white flowers that pollinators just love! Foliage stays a dark green making for a lovely contrast with the flowers and an interesting garden for evening, low-light settings. Plant along walkways, on slopes, and in rock gardens, this perennial flower will quickly fill in the gaps. Candytuft is perennial in Zones 3 to 9 and prefers full sun but can tolerate partial shade. Plant also prefers normal sandy soil and can tolerate dry locations including seaside, salty soils. Iberis grows in a low mound about 6” high and flowers form right on top of leaves in mid-spring to early summer. After flowering (or in early spring), shear off to 4” to encourage foliage growth. Deer and rabbits will avoid this plant but bees and butterflies love it.  Clovers Garden Candytuft (Iberis) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This versatile, aromatic plant features lovely silvery-green foliage with gorgeous blue-violet blossoms that pollinators LOVE. A low-maintenance plant with compact, bushy growth, Catmint prefers full sun but can tolerate shade. Can grow in most moisture conditions but does not prefer overly wet soils. Blooms from mid-summer through first frost and can be used in sachets, herbal teas, and as a mosquito repellent. A hardy perennial in zones 4 and warmer, this plant will spread and benefits from regular pruning. Plant with Purple Coneflower, Black-Eyed Susans, Russian Sage for a lovely garden that will fill your home with bouquets all season long.  Clovers Garden Catmint Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Mosquito Repellent – this plant has a minty scent which deer, rabbits, and biting insects will avoid. Tiny flowers also attract honeybees and other pollinators. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This early- to mid-spring perennial flower produces tall spike flower stems with nodding, tubular flowers of varied and vibrant colors. Columbine is a hummingbird favorite and gives them a much-needed source of food in early spring. This versatile plant looks great in foundations and borders and is a great complement to later blooming perennials like Bee Balm or Rudbeckia. Columbine is easy to grow, hardy in USDA zones 3 to 9, and prefers full sun but can tolerate partial shade. A very low maintenance plant, just trim back after blooming and you’re done! Also makes an interesting flower for spring bouquets and arrangements. Clovers Garden Columbine (Aquilegia) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium perennial flowering plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Growing Requirements – prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, adapts to most water and soil conditions. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Traditional Cottage and English Garden favorite, this hardy perennial adds a prairie wildflower touch to every garden. The flower grows in a cone-shaped manner with large seed center and purple, daisy-like petals. Easy to grow in nearly all conditions, Purple Coneflower is a pollinator favorite and works well in a cutting garden. The flowers dry easily for herbal teas, infusions, or sachets. Plant will bloom from mid-summer to late fall and pairs well with Black-Eyed Susans, Coreopsis, and Blanket Flowers in foundation plantings. Will spread and fill in quickly. These hardy perennials are easy to grow and maintain, making them perfect for both novice and experienced gardeners. Clovers Garden Purple Coneflower Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Pollinator Favorite – birds, especially goldfinch, love the seeds of coneflower and bees and butterflies will visit all summer long. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Traditional Cottage and English Garden favorite, this hardy perennial adds a prairie wildflower touch to every garden. The flower grows in a cone-shaped manner with large seed center and deep rose, daisy-like petals. Easy to grow in nearly all conditions, Primadonna Deep Rose Coneflower is a pollinator favorite and works well in a cutting garden. The flowers dry easily for herbal teas, infusions, or sachets. Plant will bloom from mid-summer to late fall and pairs well with other colors of Echinacea, Black-Eyed Susans, Coreopsis, and Blanket Flowers in foundation plantings. Will spread and fill in quickly. These hardy perennials are easy to grow and maintain, making them perfect for both novice and experienced gardeners. Clovers Garden Primadonna Deep Rose Coneflower Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Pollinator Favorite – birds, especially goldfinch, love the seeds of coneflower and bees and butterflies will visit all summer long. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Traditional Cottage and English Garden favorite, this hardy perennial adds a prairie wildflower touch to every garden. The flower grows in a cone-shaped manner with large seed center and snowy white, daisy-like petals. Easy to grow in nearly all conditions, White Coneflower (Echinacea) is a pollinator favorite and works well in a cutting garden. The flowers dry easily for herbal teas, infusions, or sachets. Plant will bloom from mid-summer to late fall and pairs well with other colors of Echinacea, Black-Eyed Susans, Coreopsis, and Blanket Flowers in foundation plantings. Will spread and fill in quickly. These hardy perennials are easy to grow and maintain, making them perfect for both novice and experienced gardeners. Clovers Garden White Coneflower Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Deer Resistant & Pollinator Favorite – birds, especially goldfinch, love the seeds of coneflower and bees and butterflies will visit all summer long. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Coral Bells (Heuchera) adds interest and color to your Cottage Garden with a compact, bushy leaves in deep green and wiry stems filled with tiny bell-shaped flowers. This variety, Bressingham Hybrids, is an old-fashioned styled Heuchera and the scarlet red blooms fill your garden in the early summer. Perennial in Zones 4 to 9, this plant will get to approximately 28” high (including the flower) and will spread to make a fantastic front-of-garden groundcover. A perfect choice to edging pathways, filling in rock gardens, or even planting in large containers. A pollinator favorite, this plant also does well in all soil types and in nearly all locations from full sun to full shade. Coral Bells require moderate watering and well-drained soils. Plant is also deer resistant! Clovers Garden Coral Bells (Heuchera) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – hummingbirds and bees love this flower and will spend hours working on each individual tubular flower. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 4 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. Can be planted in containers but roots must be protected for overwintering. Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

A must-have for cottage and cutting gardens, Coreopsis (also called Tickseed) plants are known for their bright and cheerful daisy-like flowers. This variety, Moonbeam Coreopsis, has pale yellow leaves with a darker yellow seedhead and will grow to be between 1-3 feet tall and can spread up to 2 feet wide. Similar to Cosmos, Coreopsis puts out hundreds of blossoms on sturdy stems that hold up well in bouquets. Coreopsis prefers full sun but can tolerate partial shade; will thrive in all soil conditions; and are a low-maintenance plant. They will spread but not too aggressively and are a great addition to landscaping and foundation plantings. Plant is a hardy perennial in zones 4 and warmer. Clovers Garden Coreopsis Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Creeping Myrtle Periwinkle, also known as Vinca Minor or Perennial Vinca, is prized for its evergreen foliage, charming blue-purple flowers, and vigorous growth habit. This hardy perennial quickly forms dense mats of glossy green leaves dotted with cheerful blooms from spring through early summer. Ideal for shaded areas under trees, garden borders, slopes, or containers, Creeping Myrtle provides lush coverage and effortless beauty where other plants often struggle. Perfect for low-maintenance landscaping, Creeping Myrtle Periwinkle is drought-tolerant once established, deer resistant, and highly adaptable to various soil conditions. Its dense foliage helps suppress weeds and prevent erosion, making it an excellent choice for difficult planting areas. Our plants feature exceptionally mature root systems, allowing gardeners to easily divide them into multiple plants for efficient mass planting. A beautiful, easy-care solution, Creeping Myrtle adds vibrant color and reliable coverage to any shady landscape. Clovers Garden Creeping Myrtle Periwinkle: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready-to-grow premium perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown naturally to support healthy ecosystems and protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – Robust, mature root systems designed to handle transplanting easily and can be divided into multiple plants for mass planting. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA and managed entirely by us from seed to shipment. Evergreen Ground Cover – Glossy foliage stays attractive year-round, suppressing weeds and preventing erosion. Vibrant Blue-Purple Blooms – Flowers from spring through early summer, adding delightful color to shaded areas. Low-Maintenance & Easy Care – Thrives with minimal care, perfect for gardeners at any skill level. Deer & Rabbit Resistant – Naturally unappealing to browsing wildlife. Versatile Planting – Ideal for shaded areas, under trees, slopes, garden borders, and containers. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in eco-friendly, recyclable packaging designed to protect your plants. Quick Start Planting Guide – Step-by-step instructions to take you smoothly from unboxing to planting. Third Generation Family-Owned Small Business – Trusted by gardeners since 1957, with established greenhouses in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Creeping Myrtle Periwinkle - Fun Fact:Periwinkle (Creeping Myrtle) has symbolized immortality and lasting friendship since ancient times, appearing in folklore, poetry, and medieval herbal medicine. It was commonly woven into wedding garlands to represent eternal love and commitment. How to Grow and Care for Creeping Myrtle Periwinkle: Sunlight – Prefers partial shade to full shade. Soil – Thrives in well-draining soil; adapts well to various soil types. Watering – Moderate watering; drought-tolerant once established. Spacing – Space 8-12 inches apart for dense coverage. Maintenance – Low-maintenance; prune lightly to maintain shape or control growth. Pest Prevention – Rarely affected by pests; deer and rabbit resistant. Common Questions About Creeping Myrtle Periwinkle: How quickly does Creeping Myrtle spread? Creeping Myrtle spreads moderately quickly, forming dense mats ideal for ground cover within one growing season. Can Creeping Myrtle be divided for planting? Yes! Our mature-rooted plants can be easily divided into multiple smaller plants for extensive coverage and economical mass planting. Does Creeping Myrtle tolerate deep shade? Absolutely! It thrives in partial to deep shade, making it perfect for challenging planting areas. Is Creeping Myrtle deer resistant? Yes, its foliage is naturally unappealing to deer and rabbits. Does Creeping Myrtle require much watering? Once established, it’s drought-tolerant and requires minimal watering. Are Creeping Myrtle plants annual or perennial? Creeping Myrtle is a hardy perennial, providing year-round foliage and seasonal blooms. Other Names for Creeping Myrtle - Commonly known as Vinca Minor, Perennial Vinca, and Periwinkle. Companion Plants for Creeping Myrtle: Hostas & Ferns – Complement beautifully with lush foliage in shaded gardens. Astilbe & Coral Bells – Add texture and color contrast. Lamium & Ajuga – Additional shade-loving ground covers enhance visual interest. Bleeding Hearts & Columbines – Provide delicate blooms and woodland charm. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Creeping Myrtle Periwinkle enhances shaded gardens with its attractive evergreen foliage and charming blooms. It supports pollinators while naturally suppressing weeds and resisting deer, making it an essential addition to any shade-loving garden or landscape.

This garden stunner is a must-have for cut flowers and pollinators. Delphinium Black Knight (Larkspur) is perennial in zones 3 to 9 and will grow to nearly 6’ tall! Each flower spike is packed with dark purple-blue flowers with a light interior (which is a beacon to bees and butterflies). Prized for its beautiful cut flowers, Delphinium is a classic English Garden flower and will bloom for most of the summer. The large upright stalks make the perfect backdrop for shorter flowering perennials. Combine with other favorites such as Shasta Daisy or Moonbeam Coreopsis. This plant needs full sun and moist, but well-drained soil with lots of organic matter. Their roots like to be cool so mulching after planting will help them. Delphinium also does not like humidity so space at least 24” apart so they get air flow on muggy days. Plant will benefit from support (such as a fence or flower stakes) as tall flower spikes can be damaged by wind. Deadhead spent flower stalks to encourage more blossoms. Note: all parts of this plant are toxic to humans and pets. Clovers Garden Delphinium Black Knight (Larkspur) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This garden stunner is a must-have for cut flowers and pollinators. Delphinium Blue Mirror (Larkspur) is perennial in zones 3 to 9 and will grow to nearly 6’ tall! Each flower spike is packed with small flowers with unique petal structures in shades of blue. The flower shape is a bee and hummingbird favorite and they'll spend time visiting each bloom.  Prized for its beautiful cut flowers, Delphinium is a classic English Garden flower and will bloom for most of the summer. The large upright stalks make the perfect backdrop for shorter flowering perennials. Combine with other favorites such as Shasta Daisy or Moonbeam Coreopsis. This plant needs full sun and moist, but well-drained soil with lots of organic matter. Soil acidity with affect color of the blossoms. Their roots like to be cool so mulching after planting will help them. Delphinium also does not like humidity so space at least 24” apart so they get air flow on muggy days. Plant will benefit from support (such as a fence or flower stakes) as tall flower spikes can be damaged by wind. Deadhead spent flower stalks to encourage more blossoms. Note: all parts of this plant are toxic to humans and pets. Clovers Garden Delphinium Blue Mirror (Larkspur) Plants: Two Large, Live plants. Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids. Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development. Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest. All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Perennial in Zones 3 through 7. With proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Pollinator Favorite. Bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging. Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Season long harvest. Have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements. Requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide. Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business. We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Pre-orders are now open! Shipping starts in early April 2025, weather permitting.We will send you a notification before shipping. This garden stunner is a must-have for cut flowers and pollinators. Delphinium Magic Fountains Mix (Larkspur) is perennial in zones 3 to 7 and will grow to nearly 6’ tall! Each flower spike is packed with small flowers in a range of hues from white to pink to lavender to purple. The flower shape is a bee and hummingbird favorite and they'll spend time visiting each bloom.  Prized for its beautiful cut flowers, Delphinium is a classic English Garden flower and will bloom for most of the summer. The large upright stalks make the perfect backdrop for shorter flowering perennials. Combine with other favorites such as Shasta Daisy or Moonbeam Coreopsis. This plant needs full sun and moist, but well-drained soil with lots of organic matter. Their roots like to be cool so mulching after planting will help them. Delphinium also does not like humidity so space at least 24” apart so they get air flow on muggy days. Plant will benefit from support (such as a fence or flower stakes) as tall flower spikes can be damaged by wind. Deadhead spent flower stalks to encourage more blossoms. Note: all parts of this plant are toxic to humans and pets. Clovers Garden Delphinium Magic Fountains (Larkspur) Plants: Two Large, Live plants. Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids. Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development. Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest. All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Perennial in Zones 3 through 7. With proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Pollinator Favorite. Bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging. Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Season long harvest. Have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements. Requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide. Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business. We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This dwarf variety of Delphinium is a low-growing, short-lived perennial with branching sprays of sky blue flowers and fern-like, lacy leaves. This variety, Summer Blues, will bloom from early to late summer and grows to about 12-inches tall in a compact, bushy mound. This variety is also more heat tolerant and makes a perfect front-of-garden flower. Bees and hummingbirds love it, deer and rabbits will avoid it! Prized for its beautiful cut flowers, Delphinium is a classic English Garden flower and will bloom for most of the summer. This plant needs full sun and moist, but well-drained soil with lots of organic matter. Soil acidity with affect color of the blossoms. Their roots like to be cool so mulching after planting will help them. Deadhead spent flower stalks to encourage more blossoms. Note: all parts of this plant are toxic to humans and pets. Clovers Garden Delphinium Summer Blues (Larkspur) Plants: Two Large, Live plants. Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids. Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development. Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest. All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Perennial in Zones 3 through 7. With proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Pollinator Favorite. Bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging. Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Season long harvest. Have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements. Requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide. Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business. We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Dianthus Firewitch (also called Pinks) is the classic English and Cottage Gardens flower with low growth habit of ice-blue leaves covered all summer in hot pink-purple blossoms. Even in cold zones, the leaves stay evergreen for winter interest. Perennial in zones 3 to 9, this plant also thrives in hot, dry locations but can also tolerate some shade. Grows to 10” to 12” high and makes a fantastic groundcover and front of garden plant. Dainty clusters of flowers have a delicate clove scent and hold up well in bouquets. Cut back after first bloom to encourage more blossoms and bushier growth. Butterflies and bees love this plant but deer hate it! Clovers Garden Dianthus Firewitch Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and hummingbirds love this flower and will spend hours working on each individual bloom. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This true English Lavender (Lavandula) Hidcote Blue is a perennial plant in zones 5 to 8. Known for its compact growth habit, beautiful and fragrant flowers, this lavender plant is a must-have in your garden. Foliage is a lovely grayish-green and the plant only grows to about 18” to 24” high making it a great edging plant. The scent of lavender, though, is what makes this a gardener’s favorite. Perfect in cut arrangements, dried for sachets, and even infused in vinegar or oil, Lavender also is a natural mosquito, deer, and rabbit repellent. It tolerates hot, dry locations and works well in containers as an annual plant. Group multiple plants together for a stunning effect all summer long that will attract pollinators and neighbors! Clovers Garden English Lavender Hidcote Blue Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 3” to 5” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Perennial in Zones 5 to 8, treat as a tender annual all other Zones. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – fantastic cutting garden addition, flowers are lovely fresh; dried in arrangements or sachets; or infused in oil or vinegar. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Tolerates hot and dry conditions and deer and rabbit resistant. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This popular strawberry plant was developed in Arkansas and is hardy and cold-tolerant, making it suitable for zones 4-8. This variety also has a high disease resistance self-pollinator, ripens in early summer, and continues to fruit until first frost. The big, delicious strawberries are a deep red color, very sweet with excellent flavor. An excellent choice fresh eating, canning, jam or jelly, and freezes well for wintertime smoothies.   Clovers Garden Everbearing Sweet Strawberries: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium strawberry plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – protect with covering of straw after hard frost. Grow as a perennial in USDA zones 3 to 9. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed This plant does produce a high amount of runners (roots that become clone plants), however during the first growing year it’s best to remove all but 2-3 runners from each plant. This will maximize the size and quality of the strawberries and help the plants root more effectively. In subsequent years, routine maintenance of the plant and its runners is needed to keep the plants in their spaces. Plant in a full sun location in the garden or in raised beds in loamy rich, well-draining soil. Cover plants with mulch or straw in the late fall to protect the plants from winter cold.

Foxglove (Digitalis purpurea) is another classic English garden favorite with dramatic spikes of bell-shaped flowers that hummingbirds cannot resist. This variety, Camelot Mix, includes a color mix of pink, white, lavender, and mauve. Will bloom throughout the summer, adds an amazing vertical accent to your garden, and is gorgeous when planted with other blooming perennials such as Purple Coneflower or Bee Balm. Makes a fabulous cut flower! Plant is perennial in zones 4 to 9, will tolerate both shade and heat so it can be planted nearly anywhere. The tall flowers can grow to over 4 feet high and will benefit from support such as a fence or plant stake. Plant can be cut back to base after first bloom to encourage more growth. In the fall, leave any new growth intact for overwintering.  Note: All parts of this plant are toxic to people and pets. Clovers Garden Foxglove Camelot Mix Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Hummingbird Favorite – hummingbirds especially love this flower and will spend hours working on each individual tubular flower. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 4 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Foxglove Dalmatian Mix, also known as Digitalis purpurea, is a stunning heirloom perennial known for its elegant, bell-shaped blooms in a striking mix of lavender, purple, pink, cream, and white. Perfect for cottage gardens, shaded borders, or containers, these captivating flowers create vertical interest and dramatic charm from late spring to mid-summer. Highly attractive to hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees, Foxglove Dalmatian Mix enhances garden biodiversity and pollinator health. Easy-care and robust, Foxglove thrives in partial shade to full sun in cooler climates, making it an excellent choice for woodland gardens, mixed borders, or containers. Deer and rabbit resistant, this low-maintenance perennial offers reliable, eye-catching color and texture, ideal for gardeners at any experience level.(Digitalis purpurea, common foxglove) Clovers Garden Foxglove Dalmatian Mix Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Foxglove Dalmatian Mix, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Plants are grown without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Heirloom Perennial (Zones 4-9) – Returns year after year, offering lasting beauty and reliable garden performance. Vertical Garden Interest – Elegant spikes of blooms create height and focal points in garden designs. Deer & Rabbit Resistant – Naturally resistant to browsing animals, ideal for worry-free gardening. Pollinator Magnet – Highly attractive to hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees, promoting biodiversity. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Foxglove Dalmatian Mix - Fun Fact:Foxglove (Digitalis) is famous in medical history for its role in heart medicine; its extracts were first scientifically documented in the 18th century to help regulate heart rhythms. Its name originates from folklore that fairies wore its blossoms as gloves, hence "fox’s gloves." How to Grow and Care for Foxglove Dalmatian Mix: Sunlight – Prefers partial shade but can handle full sun in cooler climates.  Soil – Thrives in well-draining, fertile, loamy soil enriched with organic matter. Watering – Regular watering; keep consistently moist but not waterlogged. Spacing – Space plants 12-18 inches apart for optimal growth. Maintenance – Minimal; remove spent flowers to encourage additional blooms. Pest Prevention – Naturally resistant to pests and diseases; rarely affected by deer or rabbits. Common Questions About Foxglove Dalmatian Mix: Is Foxglove Dalmatian Mix deer resistant? Yes, its foliage is naturally unappealing to deer and rabbits. Do Foxgloves come back every year? Foxglove Dalmatian Mix is a perennial in Zones 4-9, returning each year. How tall do Foxglove Dalmatian plants grow? They grow approximately 24-36 inches tall, adding vertical beauty to gardens. Can Foxglove Dalmatian Mix tolerate shade? Yes, they thrive in partial shade but can tolerate full sun in cooler regions. How often do Foxglove Dalmatian plants bloom? Blooming typically occurs from late spring to mid-summer, providing weeks of color. Are Foxglove Dalmatian plants good for pollinators? Absolutely! They attract hummingbirds, bees, and butterflies to your garden. Can Foxglove Dalmatian Mix be grown in containers? Yes, their elegant form and colorful blooms are perfect for patio planters and containers. Companion plants for Foxglove Dalmatian Mix: Columbine & Astilbe – Complementary shade-loving perennials. Hostas & Ferns – Provide lush, contrasting foliage. Delphinium & Lupine – Add height and color alongside Foxglove. Coral Bells & Bleeding Heart – Enhance woodland garden designs. Pollinator & Garden Benefits: Foxglove Dalmatian Mix delivers beautiful, long-lasting blooms, attracting essential pollinators like bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds. Its vibrant flowers provide valuable nectar sources, boosting garden biodiversity and supporting healthy ecosystems. This elegant perennial adds visual appeal and actively contributes to a thriving pollinator-friendly garden.  

French Sorrel is a versatile heirloom herb, loved for its tangy, lemony flavor and nutrient-rich, tender leaves. A staple in French cuisine, this fast-growing perennial adds a citrus-like zest to soups, salads, sauces, and egg dishes. Its mild, tart taste makes it a great spinach alternative, perfect for both fresh and cooked dishes. Hardy and easy to grow, French Sorrel thrives in gardens, raised beds, and containers, reaching 12-18 inches tall. This drought-tolerant, cold-hardy perennial returns year after year with minimal care. Whether you're a seasoned gardener or just starting out, this cut-and-come-again herb brings bold flavor, lush greenery, and endless harvests to your kitchen and garden. Clovers Garden French Sorrel Herb Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality French Sorrel, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators and ensure pure, natural greens. Bright, Tangy Flavor – Tender leaves deliver a mildly tart, lemony taste, perfect for soups, salads, sauces, and egg dishes. Cut-and-Come-Again Harvesting – Produces continuous fresh leaves when trimmed regularly. Perfect for Gardens & Containers – Compact, Decorative, and Versatile. With its striking arrow-shaped green leaves, this plant thrives in garden beds, raised beds, and patio planters, making it a standout in both edible and ornamental gardens. Cold-Hardy & Perennial – Returns year after year in many climates, tolerating light frosts and drought conditions. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed French Sorrel Herb - Fun Fact:French Sorrel has been enjoyed in Europe since ancient times for its pleasantly tart, lemony flavor, making it a popular ingredient in soups, sauces, and salads. Historically, it was also used medicinally to soothe digestive ailments and quench thirst. How to Grow and Care for French Sorrel Herb: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun to partial shade, tolerating a variety of growing conditions. Soil – Prefers rich, well-draining soil, amended with organic matter or compost for best flavor. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist, but avoid overwatering; mulch helps retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing – Plant 12-18 inches apart to allow for proper airflow and lush leaf production. Growth & Harvest – A hardy perennial, producing continuous leaves all season. Harvest outer leaves first to encourage new growth. Pest Prevention – Generally pest-resistant, but aphids and slugs can be deterred with organic sprays or companion planting. Common Questions About French Sorrel Herb: How do you grow French Sorrel?  Plant in full sun to partial shade with rich, well-draining soil. Water consistently and trim regularly to encourage continuous growth. Can I grow French Sorrel in containers?  Absolutely! Its compact size and adaptability make it perfect for patio pots, raised beds, and small garden spaces. How big does French Sorrel get?  This perennial herb grows 12-18 inches tall and spreads about 12 inches wide, making it ideal for edible and ornamental gardens. What does French Sorrel taste like?  It has a bright, tangy, lemony flavor that adds a zesty kick to soups, salads, sauces, and egg dishes. Does French Sorrel come back every year?  Yes! French Sorrel is a hardy perennial in USDA zones 5-9, returning each season with proper care. In colder climates, it may die back in winter but will regrow in spring, providing fresh greens year after year. Does French Sorrel attract pollinators?  Definitely! Bees, butterflies, and even hummingbirds love it, making it a great addition to a pollinator-friendly garden. How long does it take to harvest French Sorrel?  You can start harvesting in just 40-60 days from transplanting, and with frequent picking, it will produce fresh leaves all season long! What are the best companion plants for French Sorrel?  Certain plants enhance growth, repel pests, and improve soil health, making them great garden companions. The best options include: Chives & Onions – Naturally deter pests and improve soil health. Lettuce & Spinach – Grow well together, maximizing garden space. Strawberries – Benefit from sorrel’s ability to repel certain pests. Thyme & Oregano – Enhance soil nutrients and pair well in herb gardens. Pollinator Benefits - French Sorrel produces small, nectar-rich flowers when left to mature, attracting bees, butterflies, and other beneficial pollinators. Its long-lasting greenery supports biodiversity, making it an excellent addition to pollinator-friendly gardens.

Gaura 'Siskiyou Pink', also known as Wandflower or Bee Blossom, is a graceful perennial cherished for its delicate, butterfly-like pink flowers. Blooming abundantly from spring through fall, it adds airy elegance and soft color to mixed borders, cottage gardens, wildflower plantings, and patio containers. Highly attractive to pollinators, Gaura invites butterflies, bees, and hummingbirds to your garden, enhancing biodiversity. Adaptable and drought-tolerant once established, Gaura Siskiyou Pink thrives in full sun and well-drained soil. Its slender, branching stems reach 2.5-3 feet tall, providing continuous waves of color and movement throughout the season. Easy-care and deer-resistant, this heirloom perennial creates effortless beauty for gardeners seeking long-lasting, eco-friendly charm. (Gaura lindheimeri 'Siskiyou Pink') Clovers Garden Gaura Siskiyou Pink Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, Premium-quality Gaura Siskiyou Pink plants, 4" to 10" tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Plants grown naturally without harmful chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – Strong plants with robust roots, ensuring successful transplant and vigorous growth. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Perennial (Zones 5-9) – Reliable, year-after-year blooms perfect for perennial beds and borders. Continuous Blooming – Long-lasting, vibrant pink flowers bloom profusely from spring to frost. Pollinator-Friendly – Attracts butterflies, bees, and hummingbirds, enhancing garden biodiversity. Drought-Tolerant & Easy Care – Thrives in dry conditions once established; ideal for low-water gardens. Deer & Rabbit Resistant – Naturally unappealing to common garden pests. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – Plants arrive quickly in eco-friendly, fully recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – Easy-to-follow instructions from planting to care, created just for our customers. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with Midwest-grown plants. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Gaura Siskiyou Pink - Fun Fact:Gaura plants were first discovered growing wild in prairies across North America, where their delicate, butterfly-like flowers flutter in the breeze. "Siskiyou Pink" was named after the Siskiyou Mountains, highlighting its wildflower origins. How to Grow and Care for Gaura Siskiyou Pink: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun (at least 6 hours daily). Soil – Prefers well-draining, sandy or loamy soil. Watering – Moderate watering initially; drought-tolerant once established. Spacing – Space plants 18-24 inches apart. Maintenance – Prune back in late fall or early spring to encourage new growth. Pest Prevention – Rarely affected by pests; naturally deer and rabbit resistant. Common Questions About Gaura Siskiyou Pink: Does Gaura Siskiyou Pink attract pollinators? Yes, its flowers attract butterflies, bees, and hummingbirds, boosting garden biodiversity. How tall does Gaura Siskiyou Pink grow? Typically reaches heights of 2.5-3 feet, ideal for borders and mixed plantings. Is Gaura Siskiyou Pink deer and rabbit resistant? Yes! It's naturally resistant, making it worry-free in gardens. Can Gaura Siskiyou Pink grow in containers? Absolutely! Its graceful blooms are perfect for containers and patios. How long does Gaura Siskiyou Pink bloom? It blooms continuously from spring until frost, providing months of color. Is Gaura Siskiyou Pink drought-tolerant? Yes, it handles dry conditions well once established, ideal for low-maintenance landscapes. Does Gaura Siskiyou Pink prefer full sun or partial shade? It thrives best in full sun, requiring at least 6 hours daily. What type of soil does Gaura Siskiyou Pink need? It prefers sandy or loamy, well-drained soil. Companion Plants for Gaura Siskiyou Pink: Coneflowers & Black-Eyed Susans – Complementary colors and shared pollinators. Salvia & Lavender – Similar sun and soil requirements; attract pollinators. Sedum & Ornamental Grasses – Add contrasting textures and forms. Coreopsis & Shasta Daisies – Continuous blooms throughout the season. Pollinator & Garden Benefits: Gaura Siskiyou Pink provides long-lasting blooms that attract essential pollinators, creating vibrant, eco-friendly gardens. Its drought tolerance and deer resistance make it ideal for low-maintenance, high-impact landscaping.  

Gaura 'Sparkle White', commonly known as Wandflower or Bee Blossom, is an elegant perennial celebrated for its delicate, star-shaped white flowers that bloom profusely from late spring to early fall. Its airy blooms and slender stems create an ethereal, butterfly-like effect, adding graceful movement and charm to mixed borders, cottage gardens, containers, and landscape plantings. Highly attractive to pollinators, Sparkle White invites bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds, enhancing your garden’s beauty and biodiversity. Adaptable and drought-tolerant once established, Gaura Sparkle White thrives in full sun and well-drained soil. Compact and easy-care, it grows 18-24 inches tall, making it ideal for patio pots, garden borders, or mass plantings. Deer- and rabbit-resistant, this low-maintenance perennial delivers effortless, long-lasting elegance to your garden season after season. (Gaura lindheimeri 'Sparkle White') Clovers Garden Gaura Sparkle White Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, Premium-quality Gaura Sparkle White plants, 4" to 10" tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Plants grown naturally without harmful chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – Strong plants with robust roots, ensuring successful transplant and vigorous growth. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Heirloom Perennial (Zones 5-9) – Reliable, year-after-year blooms perfect for perennial beds and borders. Continuous Blooming – Long-lasting, delicate white flowers bloom profusely from late spring to early fall. Pollinator-Friendly – Attracts butterflies, bees, and hummingbirds, enhancing garden biodiversity. Drought-Tolerant & Easy Care – Thrives in dry conditions once established; ideal for low-water gardens. Deer & Rabbit Resistant – Naturally unappealing to common garden pests. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – Plants arrive quickly in eco-friendly, fully recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – Easy-to-follow instructions from planting to care, created just for our customers. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with Midwest-grown plants. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Gaura Sparkle White - Fun Fact:Native Americans historically used Gaura as an herbal remedy, believing it could relieve minor ailments. Sparkle White Gaura was specifically cultivated to enhance the plant's natural airy appearance, resembling butterflies floating above garden beds. How to Grow and Care for Gaura Sparkle White: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun (at least 6 hours daily). Soil – Prefers well-draining soil; adaptable to sandy or loamy conditions. Watering – Moderate watering initially; drought-tolerant once established. Spacing – Space plants 12-18 inches apart. Maintenance – Low maintenance; occasional pruning encourages new blooms. Pest Prevention – Rarely troubled by pests; naturally deer and rabbit resistant. Common Questions About Gaura Sparkle White: Does Gaura Sparkle White attract pollinators? Yes, it attracts bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds, adding biodiversity to gardens. How tall does Gaura Sparkle White grow? Typically reaches 18-24 inches, ideal for borders, containers, and mass plantings. Is Gaura Sparkle White drought-tolerant? Yes, it handles dry conditions well once established. Does Gaura Sparkle White prefer full sun or shade? Thrives best in full sun but can tolerate some afternoon shade in hotter climates. Is Gaura Sparkle White suitable for containers? Absolutely! Its compact size and delicate flowers make it perfect for containers and patios. Is Gaura Sparkle White deer and rabbit resistant? Yes, naturally resistant, offering worry-free garden beauty. How long does Gaura Sparkle White bloom? It blooms continuously from late spring through early fall, providing months of charm. What soil is best for Gaura Sparkle White? Prefers well-draining soil; adaptable to sandy or loamy conditions. Companion Plants for Gaura Sparkle White: Salvia & Lavender – Complementary colors and pollinator-friendly. Coneflowers & Black-Eyed Susans – Similar growth conditions and vibrant blooms. Sedum & Ornamental Grasses – Adds texture and visual interest. Coreopsis & Shasta Daisies – Continuous blooming companions. Pollinator & Garden Benefits: Gaura Sparkle White offers elegant blooms that attract vital pollinators, adding charm, movement, and biodiversity to gardens. Its drought tolerance and resistance to common garden pests make it an excellent choice for beautiful, easy-care landscapes.  

Hens and Chicks is a delightful perennial succulent loved for its charming rosette shape, vibrant colors, and ease of growth. Perfect for containers, rock gardens, or sunny patios, this plant is a fantastic project for kids, teaching gardening basics and plant care through a fun, interactive experience. Drought-tolerant and hardy, Hens and Chicks quickly spread to form beautiful, dense clusters, making them an engaging and visually appealing addition to any garden. Ideal for gardeners of all ages and skill levels, Hens and Chicks thrives with minimal care. They feature a central rosette (the "hen") that produces many smaller offspring (the "chicks"), creating an ever-expanding colony. This succulent is perfect for sunny areas, rock gardens, containers, and creative garden projects, offering year-round interest with very little upkeep required. (Sempervivum tectorum) Clovers Garden Hens and Chicks Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready-to-grow, premium-quality Hens and Chicks plants, 3” to 6” across, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Plants raised without harmful chemicals, supporting healthy ecosystems. 10x Root Development – Healthy, robust root systems ensure successful transplanting and vigorous growth. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are USA-grown, and we manage the entire process from seed to shipment. Fun & Educational – Great gardening project for children, teaching about plant propagation and growth. Hardy & Drought-Tolerant – Thrives in sunny locations with minimal watering once established. Beautiful Succulent Foliage – Vibrant, colorful rosettes that multiply quickly and fill spaces beautifully. Versatile Garden Uses – Perfect for rock gardens, containers, patios, fairy gardens, and garden borders. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in eco-friendly, recyclable packaging designed to protect your plants. Quick Start Planting Guide – Easy-to-follow guide walks you from unboxing to planting. Third Generation Family-Owned Small Business – Trusted by gardeners since 1957, with Midwest greenhouses. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Hens and Chicks - Fun Fact:The succulent known as "Hens and Chicks" (Sempervivum) earned its charming name because the larger "hen" rosette is surrounded by numerous smaller "chick" rosettes. Originating in European mountain regions, these plants historically adorned rooftops to protect homes from lightning and fire. How to Grow and Care for Hens and Chicks: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun to partial shade (4-6 hours daily). Soil – Prefers well-draining, sandy or rocky soil. Watering – Minimal water; allow the soil to dry thoroughly between waterings. Spacing – Space plants 6-12 inches apart to allow growth and spreading. Maintenance – Extremely low; remove old rosettes occasionally to keep plants tidy. Pest Prevention – Rarely affected by pests; excellent choice for low-maintenance gardens. Common Questions About Hens and Chicks: Are Hens and Chicks easy to grow? Yes! They are incredibly easy and ideal for beginners and kids due to their hardy nature. Can Hens and Chicks grow indoors? Yes, with bright sunlight indoors, they make excellent, easy-care houseplants. How fast do Hens and Chicks spread? They spread quickly, with the mother plant producing multiple offspring each season. Do Hens and Chicks bloom? Yes, mature rosettes bloom with star-shaped flowers, usually in summer. Are Hens and Chicks drought-tolerant? Highly drought-tolerant, they thrive even in very dry conditions once established. What temperatures do Hens and Chicks tolerate? They tolerate cold temperatures well, hardy down to USDA Zone 3. Are Hens and Chicks deer resistant? Yes, they are typically unappealing to deer due to their succulent foliage. Can you propagate Hens and Chicks easily? Absolutely! Offspring (chicks) easily separate and re-root in new locations. Companion Plants for Hens and Chicks: Sedum & Echeveria – Complementary succulents sharing similar growth requirements. Creeping Thyme & Moss – Enhance rock gardens with ground-covering charm. Lavender & Sage – Aromatic plants that thrive under similar dry conditions. Ornamental Grasses – Add contrasting height and texture in xeriscapes. Garden Benefits – Hens and Chicks offer engaging, educational gardening fun, vibrant colors, and easy-care growth. Ideal for rock gardens, containers, and children's gardening projects, these resilient plants enhance gardens with visual charm and minimal maintenance.

This lovely white and deep-green hosta is a shade garden must-have! Hosta Francee grows in a lovely, full mounded shape and grows to about 24-inches wide with full coverage of soil. Plant emerges in early spring and stays full and lush until first frost, a perennial plant in USDA zones 3 to 9. Like all hostas, this plant does well in every shade setting and can tolerate filtered, morning light.  The variegated light and dark coloring of the leaves brightens up shady spots and adds visual interest to other blooming plants. Combine with other color varieties of hostas for extra garden style and to frame your other blossoming plants. In mid-summer, the plant will produce tall flower stems with tubular blossoms that hummingbirds and other pollinators love. Both the leaves and flowers are beautiful in cut arrangements. Clovers Garden Hosta Francee Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium perennial shade plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long foliage – plants stay green and lush from spring through fall and create a weed-suppressing canopy for foundation plantings. Growing Requirements – prefers shade but can tolerate filtered light, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

This lovely light green with dark edging hosta is a shade garden must-have! Hosta Guacamole grows in a lovely, full mounded shape and grows to about 24-inches wide with full coverage of soil. Plant emerges in early spring and stays full and lush until first frost, a perennial plant in USDA zones 3 to 9. Like all hostas, this plant does well in every shade setting and can tolerate filtered, morning light.  The variegated light and dark coloring of the leaves brightens up shady spots and adds visual interest to other blooming plants. Combine with other color varieties of hostas for extra garden style and to frame your other blossoming plants. In mid-summer, the plant will produce tall flower stems with tubular blossoms that hummingbirds and other pollinators love. Both the leaves and flowers are beautiful in cut arrangements. Clovers Garden Hosta Guacamole Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium perennial shade plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long foliage – plants stay green and lush from spring through fall and create a weed-suppressing canopy for foundation plantings. Growing Requirements – prefers shade but can tolerate filtered light, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Lemon Balm is a member of the mint family and grows best in cool weather. The bright-green leaves are lemon-mint scented and are perfect for teas, infusions, fruit salads, and desserts. The plant blooms in tiny white blossoms which make a lovely cut bouquet addition. This lovely cottage garden must-have is a bee favorite and makes the perfect companion plant for your garden and fruit trees. Each plant will grow to about 2’ tall with branching stems and aggressive growth habit. Just keep branches trimmed back to control the spread. Plant is perennial in Zones 4 to 9. Deer and rabbits will avoid this plant! Clovers Garden Lemon Balm Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Grows as a perennial in Zones 4 to 9. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

An American classic, Lupines are often seen on the edges of prairies and forests, loaded with blossoms in early- to mid-summer. This variety is a smaller (dwarf) version of those you see in the wild and are well adapted to backyard gardens and even containers.  Each plant will produce spikes of 18-inch tall flower stems densely loaded with small blossoms that bees, hummingbirds, and pollinators just love. This mix comes in shades of yellow, pink, red, purple and blue. Each plant will produce multiple flower stems. After the blossoms fade, the interesting wide, umbrella-like leaf structure adds interest to your flower beds and creates a canopy that helps suppress weed growth and frames other blossoming flowers. Clovers Garden Lupine Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Gorgeous blossoms and Interesting Foliage – plant will flower in early- to mid-summer and umbrella-like leaves create interest all season long. Quick Start Planting Guide – made just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

You can't make Mojitos without mint! And once you've tried this delicious fresh herb straight from the garden, you'll wonder why you never planted it before! This particular Mojito Mint plant has only been available in the U.S. since 2006 but it's already one of the most popular mints on the market. Versatile and delicious in cocktails, desserts, and with chicken or fish, you'll love this plant for its hardy growth habit and continuous production. Clovers Garden Mojito Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Orange Mint is a fragrant, lush, attractive plant ideal for gardens and containers alike. The deep green leaves are tinted with shades of orangey-red, and it has a unique, citrusy aroma and flavor. Like all of the mint plants, Orange Mint is a great filler for bare spots in the garden, with the attractive leaves and beautiful pale purple flowers. High in Vitamin A and C, this delicious mint not only adds zest and zing to drinks and dishes but is a healthy menu choice. Use fresh in salads, desserts, garnishes, added to cold drinks, and or as sauce for lamb and fish. Dried Orange Mint leaves are perfect for potpourris and sachets. Clovers Garden Orange Mint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Plant 12” to 18” apart in a full sun to part-sun location in well-draining soil. This variety of mint is heat- and humidity-tolerant so it can survive by water gardens and in moist parts of the garden. Lushest growth occurs in moist soil in partial shade. It will grow up to 24” tall and needs frequent pruning to contain the plant to a specific area. Perennial in most zones, just cut back in the fall and cover with leaves or straw to overwinter.

This fabulous smelling, tasting, and growing herb is a must-have for your gardens! Perennial in most climates, this lovely plant freshens up your grilling, your cocktails, and is perfect mixed with flowering perennials in foundations. Peppermint is also naturally bug, deer, and rabbit repellent! Clovers Garden Peppermint Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. This plant will spread profusely and thrives as a perennial in Zones 4 and warmer. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

Rue Herb is prized for its attractive blue-green foliage, delicate yellow flowers, and distinct aromatic fragrance. Traditionally used in herbal remedies and culinary dishes, Rue adds both visual charm and practical uses to herb gardens. Compact, easy to grow, and naturally resistant to pests, Rue is a versatile plant ideal for containers, garden beds, and herb gardens. Easy-care Rue thrives in sunny locations with well-draining soil. Growing 18-24 inches tall, this ornamental herb provides both visual interest and natural pest-deterrent properties. Ideal for gardeners seeking versatile plants with edible and traditional medicinal uses, Rue is an excellent addition to any sunny garden or patio. (Ruta graveolens) Clovers Garden Rue Herb Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, Premium-quality Rue Herb, 3" to 8" tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Ornamental & Culinary Uses – Attractive foliage ideal for garnishes, salads, and herbal remedies. Pest-Deterrent Foliage – Natural repellent for insects, deer, and rabbits. Compact & Robust – Grows 18-24 inches tall, perfect for containers or garden borders. Drought-Tolerant – Low water needs once established; ideal for sunny, dry gardens. Versatile Planting Options – Great for patio containers, borders, herb gardens, and edible landscapes.  Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Rue - Fun Fact:Rue, known as the "Herb of Grace," was historically thought to ward off evil spirits and protect against plague and diseases during medieval times. Its unique blue-green foliage and strong fragrance made it essential in traditional herb gardens and folk medicine practices. How to Grow and Care for Rue: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily). Soil – Well-draining soil; adapts to sandy or loamy conditions. Watering – Water moderately; allow soil surface to dry between watering. Spacing – Space plants 12-18 inches apart for optimal growth. Maintenance – Minimal; prune to encourage compact growth. Pest Prevention – Naturally repels most pests; rarely affected by disease. Common Questions About Rue Herb: How tall does Rue herb grow? Rue grows 18-24 inches tall, ideal for containers and garden beds. Can Rue be grown in containers? Yes, its compact habit makes it perfect for patio containers and herb pots. Does Rue need full sun? Yes, Rue thrives best with at least 6 hours of direct sunlight daily. Is Rue deer resistant? Yes, Rue’s strong scent naturally deters deer and rabbits. Is Rue annual or perennial? Rue is a perennial herb in USDA Zones 4-9. Does Rue attract pollinators? Yes, it attracts beneficial pollinators with small, yellow blooms. Is Rue drought-tolerant? Yes, it requires minimal water once established and thrives in dry conditions. What soil is best for Rue? Rue prefers well-draining, fertile soil but can tolerate poorer soils. What are other Common Names for Rue? Rue is also known as Ruda, Herb-of-Grace or Ruta graveolens. Companion Plants for Rue: Roses & Raspberries – Natural pest deterrent benefits roses and fruits. Lavender & Sage – Aromatic herbs complement Rue’s pest-repelling qualities. Thyme & Oregano – Similar sun and soil requirements make them ideal companions. Marigolds & Calendula – Add bright color and enhance pest deterrent effects. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Rue Herb enhances gardens with ornamental beauty, culinary versatility, and medicinal value. Its natural pest-deterrent qualities and easy-care nature make it an ideal choice for organic and eco-friendly gardens.

This hardy perennial adds lovely silvery-green foliage with gorgeous blue-purple blossoms that pollinators LOVE. Easy to grow in all conditions including hot, dry spots, Russian Sage is a great addition to any garden and will bloom profusely from mid-summer to first freeze. A hardy perennial in zones 4 and warmer, this plant gets quite large (up to 4' wide and tall) and will spread. Plant with Purple Coneflower, Black-Eyed Susans, and other prairie wildflowers for a stunning garden that will fill your home with bouquets all season long.  Note: this plant is not actually an herbal sage and is not edible! Leaves can be dried and used in potpourri or sachets. Clovers Garden Russian Sage (Perovskia atriplicifolia): Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Pollinator Favorite – bumblebees and honey bees love this plant. The tall purple flower spikes will be filled with buzzing by mid-summer! Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Salvia (Meadow Sage) plants are known for their tall spikes of flowers that bloom all summer long and are a hummingbird favorite. This variety puts out gorgeous pinkish-purple blossoms that grow to be between 18-36 inches tall. The plant will spread up to 24 inches wide and only gets bigger with each year. A great addition to cutting gardens, pollinators love this plant. Plant in containers or in foundations, Salvia prefers full sun and rich, organic, well-drained soil. Let soils dry out slightly between waterings and deadhead frequently to encourage more blossoms. Hardy in zones 5 and warmer. Clovers Garden Salvia Perennial Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – plants handle transplanting more successfully and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your fresh plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly package designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – best for foundation planting and large gardens with room to spread. Grows as a perennial in Zones 3 and warmer. Growing Requirements – Prefers full sun but will tolerate partial shade, average watering and fertilization, and well-draining, neutral soil. For extended blooming, snip off deadheads after blossoms. In the fall, trim plant back to 2” above ground Season long blossoms – plant will flower from mid-summer to first freeze and makes for long-lasting cut bouquets. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Ajuga Burgundy Glow (also known as Bugleweed) grows in a dense green- and purple-leafed carpet with spikes of clusters of purplish-blue, tubular flowers. These spikes can grow as tall as 14” and the plant puts out blooms all summer long. This perennial plant is technically part of the mint family with a low, mounding growth habit of purple-green leaves. As with all other mint-family plants, this plant will send out overground runners which produce rosette-like leaves that will take root if not removed or transplanted. This plant does well in medium-moisture, well drained soils and shady environments but can also tolerate more sunny locations and drier soils. Plant with taller plants for sun protection. Clovers Garden Ajuga Burgundy Glow (Bugleweed) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Pollinator Favorite – bees and butterflies will flock to these lovely blossoms and help pollinate your veggies and fruit trees. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perennial in Zones 3 through 9 – with proper care, plants will come back year after year and get bigger, fuller, and more spread out with each season. This is a true legacy garden plant! Season long harvest – have fresh cut bouquets all summer, the more you cut, the more these plants will blossoms. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Arugula is a slightly bitter, peppery, aromatic herb. Adds flavor to salads, fish or chicken, steamed veggies, and even to fresh pesto or chimichurris. Easy to grow and can be harvested all season long, just snip leaves off as needed. Plant will benefit from shade in extra hot locations but overall a hardy grower. Clovers Garden Arugula Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium garden plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes and the lovely foliage and blossoms make nasturtium a great filler plant. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed  

Asparagus Fern is a fast-growing, delicate-looking plant known for its feathery, vibrant green foliage. This elegant fern-like plant thrives in hanging baskets, patio containers, and shaded garden beds, making it an excellent choice for adding soft texture and a touch of greenery to any space. Despite its delicate appearance, Asparagus Fern is a tough, low-maintenance plant that adapts to various growing conditions. Highly versatile, Asparagus Fern grows well indoors and outdoors. It thrives in bright, indirect light but can tolerate partial shade, making it perfect for shaded patios and indoor spaces. While it is a perennial in USDA Hardiness Zones 9-11, gardeners in cooler climates often grow it as an annual or bring it indoors during winter. Its trailing, arching stems make it a stunning accent plant for hanging baskets, while its dense, fern-like foliage adds a soft, elegant look to garden borders and containers. Asparagus densiflorus 'Sprengeri' Clovers Garden Asparagus Fern Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Asparagus Fern, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support healthy ecosystems. Feathery Green Foliage – Delicate, airy leaves provide year-round texture and greenery. Thrives in Bright, Indirect Light – Prefers filtered sunlight but adapts to partial shade. Drought-Tolerant & Hardy – Once established, requires minimal watering and care. Perfect for Hanging Baskets & Containers – Adds cascading greenery to patios, balconies, and indoor décor. Deer & Rabbit Resistant – Naturally unappealing to browsing wildlife. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Asparagus Fern - Fun Fact:   The asparagus fern isn’t actually a fern! It's closely related to edible asparagus, and while not tasty or edible, it was prized in Victorian-era gardens for its fluffy, delicate foliage and ability to withstand indoor conditions, becoming a popular houseplant. How to Grow and Care for Asparagus Fern: Sunlight – Thrives in bright, indirect light but can tolerate partial shade. Soil – Prefers well-draining soil rich in organic matter. Watering – Keep soil consistently moist but not waterlogged; drought-tolerant once mature. Spacing – Plant 12-18 inches apart for full, lush growth. Growth & Maintenance – Occasional pruning helps maintain shape and encourage new growth. Cold Climate Care – Hardy in Zones 9-11; in colder regions, treat as an annual or bring indoors for winter. Indoor Growing – Asparagus Fern thrives indoors in bright, indirect light. Water moderately and mist occasionally if desired. Pest Prevention – Resistant to deer, rabbits, and most common garden pests. Common Questions About Asparagus Fern: Does Asparagus Fern need direct sunlight?  No, it prefers bright, indirect light. It can tolerate some morning sun but should be protected from harsh afternoon rays. Is Asparagus Fern an annual or perennial?  It is a perennial in USDA Zones 9-11 but is commonly grown as an annual in colder climates. How often should Asparagus Fern be watered?  Water when the top inch of soil feels dry. It prefers slightly moist soil but is drought-tolerant once established. Is Asparagus Fern suitable for container planting?  Absolutely! It thrives in containers and hanging baskets, adding soft, cascading greenery to any space. Is Asparagus Fern have fallen or magnet in there? deer or rabbit resistant?  Yes! Its silvery, textured foliage makes it unappealing to deer and rabbits. Does Asparagus Fern attract pests?  It is generally pest-resistant. Regular misting helps prevent pest issues. Can Asparagus Fern be grown indoors as a houseplant?  Yes! It makes an excellent houseplant, thriving in bright, indirect light and adapting well to indoor conditions. Does Asparagus Fern require frequent pruning?  Minimal pruning is needed, but trimming helps maintain shape and encourage fresh growth. How fast does Asparagus Fern grow?  It has a moderate to fast growth rate, filling out hanging baskets and garden spaces quickly. What are the best companion plants for Asparagus Fern? Impatiens & Begonias – Provide vibrant color in shaded conditions. Hostas & Ferns – Create a lush, tropical look in shaded garden beds. Coleus & Caladiums – Add bold, colorful foliage to contrast its feathery leaves. Lobelia & Bacopa – Trailing flowers pair beautifully with its cascading habit. Snapdragons & Alyssum – Provide seasonal color and visual interest. Pollinator & Garden BenefitsAsparagus Fern is a versatile, attractive plant that enhances both indoor and outdoor spaces. Whether used in hanging baskets, containers, or garden beds, its low-maintenance care, soft texture, and lush greenery make it a must-have for any gardener.

Edible Asparagus Plants are a garden favorite, prized for their tender, flavorful spears and long-term productivity. This perennial vegetable provides years of abundant harvests, making it an essential addition to any vegetable garden. Homegrown asparagus is fresher, sweeter, and more flavorful than store-bought varieties, perfect for roasting, grilling, steaming, or adding to soups and salads. Exceptionally resilient and easy to grow, asparagus thrives in well-draining soil and full sun, requiring minimal care once established. With proper planting and maintenance, this hardy perennial returns year after year, offering a sustainable and delicious homegrown harvest. Clovers Garden Edible Asparagus Plants: Two Large, Live Plants - Premium-quality vegetable plants, 3” to 5” tall in 4” pots, ready to grow and thrive. Long-Lived Perennial in Zones 3 to 10 - With proper care, asparagus produces fresh spears year after year, offering decades of harvests. High-Yielding and Delicious - Produces tender, sweet, and nutrient-rich spears ideal for grilling, roasting, and fresh eating. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Cultivated without harmful chemicals, ensuring safe, eco-friendly gardening. 10x Root Development - Healthy roots ensure successful transplanting and vigorous growth. Easy to Grow - Thrives in full sun with well-draining soil and requires minimal maintenance after establishment. Pollinator-Friendly - Attracts bees, butterflies, and beneficial insects, enriching your garden. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - Proudly helping gardeners since 1957 with our Midwest-grown plants. Trusted Quality and Guarantee - Midwest-grown in the USA, ideal for home gardeners, and backed by our 100% satisfaction guarantee. Eco-Friendly Packaging -Fast shipping in recyclable materials. Care Upon Arrival - Each order includes a plant care sheet with step-by-step instructions to ensure your plants thrive from the moment they arrive. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Asparagus Edible - Fun Fact: Did you know asparagus was cultivated by ancient Egyptians and Romans more than 2,000 years ago, who valued it highly for its flavor and believed it had medicinal properties? Roman emperors loved asparagus so much they even kept special ships dedicated solely to bringing fresh asparagus from distant fields to Rome! Growing Tips for Edible Asparagus Plants: Asparagus care tips: Provide full sun, deep, well-draining soil, and patience—established plants will produce for decades. Perennial Plant: Hardy in zones 3-10, asparagus grows back stronger each year. Sunlight: Thrives in full sun (6+ hours daily). Spacing: Space plants 12-18 inches apart in rows to allow for proper root development. Watering: Requires consistent moisture during the growing season. Once established, it is drought-tolerant. Soil: Prefers deep, well-draining, nutrient-rich soil with organic matter. Care: Allow ferns to grow after harvest to strengthen the roots for the next season. Cut back in late fall or early spring. Common Questions About Edible Asparagus Plants: How do you grow asparagus plants? Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, space properly, and allow the ferns to grow after harvest to strengthen the root system. How long does it take for asparagus to grow before harvesting? Asparagus takes 2-3 years to establish before producing a full harvest, but once mature, it yields for decades. Can I grow asparagus in containers? Yes, but deep containers are required to accommodate asparagus' long roots. Raised beds are a better option for long-term growth. How tall does asparagus grow? Asparagus spears grow 12-24 inches tall, and the fern-like foliage can reach 3-5 feet in height when mature. How often do you water asparagus plants? Keep soil moist but not soggy, watering regularly in the growing season, and reducing watering once plants are established. Do asparagus plants attract pollinators? Yes! Asparagus flowers attract bees, butterflies, and other beneficial insects, improving garden biodiversity. Pollinator and Garden Benefits: Asparagus plants produce delicate, fern-like foliage and small flowers that attract bees, butterflies, and beneficial insects, supporting a diverse and thriving garden ecosystem. Its deep root system also helps improve soil health and structure over time.

#1 for Hummingbirds! Black and Bloom Salvia is the ultimate pollinator magnet, producing deep indigo-blue flowers set against dramatic, almost black stems. THE top choice for hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees, its nectar-rich blooms last from spring until frost, keeping your garden alive with color and movement all season long. With bold, upright stems and continuous flowers, it adds striking contrast to flower beds, borders, and containers. Thriving in full sun, Black and Bloom is heat and drought-tolerant, making it a standout choice for low-maintenance gardens. This vigorous grower withstands hot, humid, and dry conditions while delivering nonstop color. Its deer- and rabbit-resistant foliage ensures a reliable, long-lasting display, whether planted in borders, containers, or as a dramatic backdrop in flower beds. If you’re looking for a resilient, long-blooming plant that keeps your garden buzzing with life, Black and Bloom Salvia is the perfect pick. Clovers Garden Black and Bloom Salvia Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality Black and Bloom Salvia, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators and healthy ecosystems. Vibrant Black-Blue Blooms – Deeply saturated flowers provide striking contrast and long-lasting garden interest. Attracts Pollinators – THE favorite of hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees, bringing movement and life to your garden. Heat & Drought-Tolerant – Thrives in hot, dry conditions with minimal watering. Thrives in Gardens & Containers – Perfect for flower beds, pollinator gardens, patio planters, and borders. Perennial in Warm Climates – Grows as a perennial in Zones 7-10 and as an annual in cooler regions. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Salvia Black and Bloom - Fun Fact:The name "Salvia" comes from the Latin word "salvare," meaning "to heal," because ancient Romans used Salvia plants for medicinal purposes. Black and Bloom Salvia, specifically bred for its intensely dark stems and vivid blue flowers, continues this plant’s historical tradition of beauty and cultural significance. How to Grow and Care for Black and Bloom Salvia: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun (at least 6-8 hours daily) for maximum flowering. Soil – Prefers well-draining soil; tolerates sandy, loamy, or rocky conditions. Watering – Drought-tolerant once established; water regularly until roots are established. Spacing – Plant 18-24 inches apart for proper air circulation and growth. Growth & Maintenance – Deadhead spent flowers to encourage continuous blooming. Trim back in late fall or early spring for fresh regrowth. Pest Prevention – Naturally deer- and rabbit-resistant, making it a worry-free addition to any garden. Common Questions About Black and Bloom Salvia: Does Black and Bloom Salvia attract bees and butterflies?  Yes! Black and Bloom Salvia is well known as THE magnet for pollinators. Especially drawing in hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees with its nectar-rich blooms.  Is Black and Bloom Salvia suitable for growing in pots?  Absolutely! Black and Bloom Salvia thrives in containers, making it a great choice for patios, balconies, and small garden spaces. Use a well-draining potting mix and ensure proper sunlight. How often does Black and Bloom Salvia need deadheading?  Deadheading spent flowers encourages more blooms throughout the season, but it is not strictly necessary. Even without deadheading, it continues to produce vibrant flowers. Does Black and Bloom Salvia require full sun or partial shade?  Black and Bloom Salvia thrives best in full sun, producing more abundant and longer-lasting flowers with at least 6-8 hours of direct sunlight daily. Is Black and Bloom Salvia drought-resistant once established?  Yes! Once its roots are well established, Black and Bloom Salvia is highly drought-tolerant and thrives in dry, hot conditions with minimal watering. How tall and wide does Black and Bloom Salvia grow?  It reaches about 3-4 feet tall and 2-3 feet wide, making it an excellent mid-border or background plant in flower beds. Can Black and Bloom Salvia survive winter?  It is a perennial in Zones 7-10. In colder regions, you can mulch around the base or bring container-grown plants indoors for winter protection. Does Black and Bloom Salvia have a strong fragrance?  It has a mild, pleasant fragrance that attracts hummingbirds and insect pollinators, but is not overwhelming. Is Black and Bloom Salvia resistant to pests?  Yes! It naturally repels deer and rabbits, making it a low-maintenance choice for gardens with browsing wildlife. What are the best companion plants for Black and Bloom Salvia? Coneflowers & Black-Eyed Susans – Create a pollinator-friendly haven with long-blooming, nectar-rich flowers. Lantana & Verbena – Heat-loving plants that complement Salvia’s drought resistance. Russian Sage & Lavender – Provide soft, airy texture and fragrance while thriving in similar conditions. Ornamental Grasses – Add movement and texture to your garden alongside Salvia’s bold blooms. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Black and Bloom Salvia is a standout in pollinator-friendly gardens, drawing hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees while resisting deer and rabbits. Its long-lasting blooms, drought tolerance, and bold color make it a stunning, easy-care addition to any landscape.

Bright Lights Swiss Chard is a colorful, nutrient-packed heirloom vegetable that transforms your garden into a visual feast. Brilliant stalks in shades of gold, crimson, pink, orange, and white make it as beautiful as it is delicious. Easy to grow and harvest, it adds fresh flavor and vibrant color to salads, sautéed dishes, and smoothies. Ideal for all skill levels, Bright Lights Swiss Chard thrives from spring through fall, producing continuous harvests of tender, tasty greens. Heat- and frost-tolerant, it grows reliably even as temperatures shift, offering gardeners beauty, nutrition, and exciting culinary possibilities. (Beta vulgaris subsp. cicla 'Bright Lights') Clovers Garden Bright Lights Swiss Chard Plants:   Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality Bright Lights Swiss Chard, 3” to 8” tall, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to protect pollinators, and you! 10x Root Development – Robust plants with strong roots for better transplanting and vigorous growth Grown in the Midwest – All plants are USA-grown, and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep Rainbow-Colored Stalks – Stems in red, pink, orange, yellow, and white add striking visual appeal Extended Harvest – Cut outer leaves regularly for continuous production all season long Cold-Hardy & Heat-Tolerant – Produces well from 32°F to 85°F, resisting bolting in summer Packed with Nutrients – Loaded with vitamins A, C, and K, plus antioxidants, calcium, and fiber Fast-Growing & Easy-Care – Harvestable in 50-60 days with minimal effort Versatile Planting Options – Great for patio pots, garden beds, or raised planters Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – Arrives quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet Quick Start Planting Guide – Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every step from unboxing to planting Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Swiss Chard Bright Lights - Fun Fact:Swiss Chard actually originated in the Mediterranean region, not Switzerland! The colorful variety "Bright Lights" was specifically cultivated to showcase stunning neon-colored stems in yellow, orange, red, and purple, turning vegetable gardens into vibrant works of art. How to Grow and Care for Bright Lights Swiss Chard: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily); tolerates partial shade Soil – Fertile, well-draining soil enriched with compost Watering – Regular watering; keep consistently moist but avoid soggy conditions Spacing – Space plants 12-18 inches apart to ensure healthy growth Fertilization – Feed with a balanced vegetable fertilizer every 3-4 weeks Maintenance – Regularly harvest outer leaves (8-12 inches) to stimulate new growth Frost & Heat Tolerance – Survives light frosts and resists bolting in hot summer conditions Common Questions About Bright Lights Swiss Chard: How tall does Bright Lights Swiss Chard grow? Typically grows 18-24 inches tall, perfect for garden beds or containers. Can Bright Lights Swiss Chard grow in pots? Absolutely, its compact nature makes it perfect for patio pots or container gardening. How often should I water Bright Lights Swiss Chard? Keep soil consistently moist—about 1 inch of water per week, adjusting for hot weather. Does Bright Lights Swiss Chard get bitter in hot weather? No, it resists bitterness and bolting—regular watering keeps leaves mild and tender. When can I harvest Bright Lights Swiss Chard? Harvest outer leaves at 8-12 inches, starting 50-60 days after planting, for continuous growth. What pests affect Bright Lights Swiss Chard? Watch for aphids, slugs, and leaf miners; use neem oil or companion planting for control. Is Bright Lights Swiss Chard deer resistant? Yes, deer and rabbits generally avoid Swiss Chard due to its taste and texture. Is Bright Lights Swiss Chard an annual or perennial? Grown as an annual, but may overwinter in mild climates (Zones 6-10). Companion Plants for Bright Lights Swiss Chard: Beets & Carrots – Enhance root development and soil nutrition Onions & Garlic – Naturally repel pests like aphids Marigolds & Calendula – Attract pollinators and deter pests Herbs like Dill & Thyme – Complement growth and garden biodiversity Pollinator & Garden Benefits – Bright Lights Swiss Chard enriches your garden with dazzling rainbow stalks and nutrient-packed greens. Its deep roots loosen soil, while its leafy canopy shelters beneficial insects and repels pests near tomatoes or beans. As an heirloom, it offers superior flavor, preserves genetic diversity for a resilient garden, and allows seed saving for sustainable gardening—connecting you to a rich tradition of heirloom cultivation with every vibrant harvest.

Broccoli Marathon is a top-tier variety known for its large, tightly packed heads and deliciously mild flavor. It’s a cold-hardy powerhouse with an extended harvest period, making it perfect for gardeners who want continuous, high yield, disease resistant production. Whether steamed, roasted, or tossed fresh into salads, this nutrient-packed broccoli is fresher, tastier, and more nutritious than anything store-bought! This vigorous and resilient plant thrives in cool temperatures, making it ideal for spring and fall planting. Its fast and easy to grow nature ensures a steady supply of fresh, homegrown broccoli all season long. Clovers Garden Broccoli Marathon Plants: Two Large, Live plants. Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids. Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development. Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest. All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Large, Tightly Packed Heads. Produces dense, dark green broccoli heads with a tender, mild flavor perfect for fresh eating or cooking Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging. Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Cold-Tolerant and Disease-Resistant: Thrives in cool weather and shows strong resistance to common broccoli diseases. High-Yielding and Productive: Produces continuous side shoots after the main head is harvested, extending your harvest. Perfect for Home Gardens: Grows well in raised beds, traditional garden plots, and large containers. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging. Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide. Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business. We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Broccoli Marathon - Fun Fact:Broccoli is actually a descendant of wild mustard plants, cultivated and carefully selected by ancient Italian farmers who favored its dense, edible flower heads. Broccoli became especially popular in the United States only after Italian immigrants introduced it in the early 20th century. Broccoli Marathon care tips: Provide full sun Cool temperatures, well-draining soil for best results. Annual Plant Grown as an annual in most zones, producing tightly packed heads followed by side shoots. Sunlight Thrives in full sun (6+ hours daily). Spacing - Space plants 18-24 inches apart to allow for proper growth and airflow. Watering - Requires consistent moisture; water deeply and regularly to keep soil evenly moist. Mulch helps retain moisture and regulate soil temperature. Soil - Prefers well-draining, nutrient-rich soil amended with compost or organic fertilizer before planting. Care - Harvest the main head when it reaches 6-8 inches across to encourage continuous side shoot production. Protect from pests like cabbage worms and aphids using row covers or organic pest control methods. Common Questions About Broccoli Marathon: How do you grow Broccoli Marathon from plants? Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, keep the soil moist and provide cool temperatures for the best growth. Ensure proper spacing to allow for healthy air circulation. How long does it take to harvest Broccoli Marathon? Matures in 60-75 days from transplanting, producing continuous side shoots after the main head is harvested, ensuring an extended harvest season. What should I do if Broccoli Marathon experiences summer heat? This variety thrives in cool temperatures but may struggle in hot weather. To help your plants survive, provide shade using shade cloth, plant near taller crops for natural shading, and keep the soil consistently moist with mulch to regulate temperature. If temperatures exceed 80°F regularly, broccoli may bolt or stop producing heads, but it will likely resume growth and thrive again in the cooler fall months. How big does Broccoli Marathon get? The plant grows to about 18-24 inches tall, producing large, dense broccoli heads that are perfect for fresh eating or cooking. Can I grow Broccoli Marathon in containers? Yes! Its compact growth habit makes it suitable for large containers or raised beds, but ensure deep soil for root development. What does Broccoli Marathon taste like? It has a mild, slightly sweet flavor with tender florets, making it perfect for fresh eating, roasting, steaming, or stir-frying. Do Broccoli Marathon plants need staking? No, its sturdy stems provide natural support, but mulching around the base helps retain moisture, regulate temperature, and suppress weeds. How do you grow Broccoli Marathon? Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, keep soil moist, and provide cool temperatures for best growth. How long does it take to harvest Broccoli Marathon? Matures in 60-75 days from transplanting, producing continuous side shoots after the main head is harvested. What should I do if my Broccoli Marathon plants experience summer heat? Broccoli Marathon thrives in cool temperatures but may struggle in hot summer weather. To help your plants survive, provide shade using shade cloth or plant near taller crops for natural shading. Keep the soil consistently moist and use mulch to regulate temperature. If temperatures exceed 80°F regularly, broccoli may bolt or stop producing heads. In this case, allow the plant to rest, and it will likely resume growth and thrive again in the cooler fall months. Garden benefits: Let Broccoli Marathon bolt at the end of the season and enjoy nectar-rich yellow flowers that attract bees, butterflies, and other beneficial pollinators. Its deep root system also improves soil health by enhancing nutrient retention and aeration. A must-have for home gardeners, Broccoli Marathon delivers exceptional taste, high yields, and all-season success with minimal effort. Plant, grow, and harvest gourmet-quality broccoli right from your backyard!

Celeriac Celery Root is a nutritious, heirloom root vegetable known for its mild, slightly sweet, nutty flavor with a hint of celery. Unlike traditional celery, celeriac is grown for its large, knobby root, which can be eaten raw or cooked. This hearty, cold-hardy vegetable thrives in raised beds, garden plots, and containers, offering gardeners a unique and rewarding crop. Exceptionally resilient and easy to grow, Celeriac thrives in cool conditions, making it an excellent choice for fall and winter harvesting. With its long storage life and culinary versatility, this heirloom variety is a must-have for home gardeners and chefs alike. Clovers Garden Celeriac Celery Root Plants: Two Large, Live plants - Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Flavorful and Versatile Root - Produces a swollen, knobby root with a mild, slightly sweet, and nutty flavor, ideal for roasting, mashing, soups, and salads. Cold-Hardy and Resilient - Thrives in cool temperatures, making it perfect for fall and winter harvesting. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Perfect for Home Gardens - Grows well in raised beds, traditional garden plots, and large containers. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Celeriac Celery Root - Fun Fact:Celeriac, also known as celery root, has been cultivated in Europe since the Middle Ages and remains a staple in French cuisine. Despite its odd, knobby appearance, its mild, celery-like flavor makes it popular in soups, stews, and creamy mashed side dishes. How to Grow and Care for Celeriac Celery Root: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun, tolerates partial shade in warmer climates. Soil – Needs deep, nutrient-rich, well-draining soil. Amend with compost or organic fertilizer for best growth. Watering – Keep soil consistently moist; use mulch to retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing – Plant 12 inches apart to allow for proper root development and airflow. Growth Cycle – Biennial grown as an annual, producing large, knobby roots from late summer to fall. Harvest – Ready in 100-120 days. Trim leaves and fine roots before storing for long-term use. Common Questions About Celeriac Celery Root: How do you grow Celeriac Celery Root from plants? Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, keep soil evenly moist, and fertilize regularly for best results. How long does it take to harvest Celeriac Celery Root? Matures in 100-120 days from transplanting, producing large, dense roots with a mild, nutty flavor. Can I grow Celeriac Celery Root in containers? Yes! Its compact growth habit makes it suitable for large containers or raised beds with deep soil. What does Celeriac Celery Root taste like? It has a mild, slightly sweet, and nutty flavor with a hint of celery, making it perfect for fresh eating, roasting, and mashing. What plants grow well with Celeriac Celery Root? Celeriac grows well with leeks, onions, and members of the cabbage family. Avoid planting near corn and potatoes, as they compete for nutrients. Does Celeriac Celery Root need staking? No, its sturdy root structure provides natural support, but mulching around the base helps retain moisture, regulate temperature, and suppress weeds. How do you harvest Celeriac Celery Root? Harvest 100-120 days after transplanting. Loosen soil with a garden fork, gently lift the root, and trim foliage and fine roots. Rinse and store in a cool, dark place or refrigerate for long-term use. Pollinator and Garden Benefits: Celeriac Celery Root produces small, nectar-rich flowers that attract bees, butterflies, and other beneficial insects. Its deep root system also helps improve soil structure and moisture retention in garden beds.

Celery Tango is a premium variety, prized for its tender, smooth stalks and exceptional, sweet flavor. Unlike traditional celery, Tango Celery is known for its minimal stringiness, making it perfect for fresh eating, soups, and salads. With high yields and heat tolerance, this variety is an excellent choice for home gardeners seeking a resilient, easy-to-grow plant. Exceptionally resilient and productive, Tango Celery thrives in warm conditions, making it an excellent choice for spring and fall planting. Its vigorous growth and continuous harvest ensure a steady supply of crisp, flavorful celery throughout the season. Clovers Garden Celery Tango Plants: Two Large, Live Plants - Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Tender, Smooth Stalks - Produces 18-20 inch tall stalks that are sweet, crisp, and low in fiber, perfect for fresh eating or cooking. Heat-Tolerant and Resilient - Thrives in warmer temperatures while maintaining crisp, juicy stalks with proper moisture. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. High-Yielding and Productive - Produces prolific stalks, ensuring a steady supply of fresh celery throughout the growing season. Perfect for Home Gardens - Grows well in raised beds, traditional garden plots, and large containers. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Celery Tango - Fun Fact:Celery was considered a luxury vegetable in the Victorian era, often displayed prominently on dining tables as a sign of wealth and elegance. The crisp stalks of Tango celery are especially prized for their rich flavor and tenderness, ideal for fresh snacking or gourmet recipes. How to Grow and Care for Celery Tango: Soil & Watering – Keep soil moist but well-drained and rich in nutrients. Add compost or organic fertilizer for optimal growth. Mulch helps retain moisture. Biennial Plant – Typically grown as an annual in most zones, producing tender stalks from mid-summer to fall. Sunlight – Thrives in full sun, but tolerates partial shade in hot climates. Spacing – Plant 10 inches apart to allow proper root development and airflow. Care & Harvest – Harvest stalks individually for continuous growth or cut the entire plant at the base for larger yields. Trim leaves for soups and broths. Common Questions About Celery Tango: How do you grow Celery Tango from plants? Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, keep soil evenly moist, and fertilize regularly for best results. How long does it take to harvest Celery Tango? Matures in 80-90 days from transplanting, producing continuous stalks for extended harvesting. Harvest outer stalks individually as needed, or cut the entire plant at the base when fully mature for alarger harvest. Regular harvesting encourages new stalk growth and prolongs the season. What plants grow well with Celery Tango? Celery grows best when planted alongside onions, leeks, carrots, and herbs like dill and chamomile, which help deter pests and improve growth. Avoid planting near corn or potatoes, as they compete for nutrients. What should I do if Celery Tango experiences summer heat? This variety tolerates heat better than traditional celery but benefits from shade cloth in extreme temperatures. Keep the soil moist and mulch heavily to maintain crisp stalks. How big does Celery Tango get? The plant reaches 18-20 inches tall, producing thick, smooth, crunchy stalkswith a mild, sweet flavor. Can I grow Celery Tango in containers? Yes! Its compact growth habit makes it suitable for large containers or raised beds with consistent moisture. What does Celery Tango taste like? It has a mild, sweet flavor with crisp, tender stalks, making it perfect for fresh eating, soups, and salads. Do Celery Tango plants need staking? No, its sturdy stems provide natural support, but mulching around the base helps retain moisture, regulate temperature, and suppress weeds. Pollinator and Garden Benefits - Celery Tango produces small, nectar-rich flowers if left to bolt, attracting bees, butterflies, and other beneficial insects. Its deep root system helps improve soil health and moisture retention in garden beds.

With lush, green foliage, and the occasional pink-purple flower, the Citronella Geranium plant has a natural lemony scent that bugs hate. This gorgeous plant only grows bigger and fuller all season, providing natural protection for all your outdoor spaces. Grows just like a regular geranium and does well in containers. Clovers Garden Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – this edible plant will grow all season long and can be harvested all summer, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Grow a Beautiful Garden with Citronella Geranium! A beautiful garden with citronella plants gives you the beauty and natural bug repellents. Citronella Geranium already tops popular gardening lists because it's a robust, quick grower; adaptable to almost all conditions; and gorgeous in every setting. Best of all, when cut, bruised, or even rustled by a breeze, it gives off a pleasant, lemony, citronella scent. You’ll love it, bugs and insects won’t.   Citronella Geranium grows large and bushy with thick foliage of lacy, medium-green leaves and produces a few pretty pink-purple blossoms during the season. Add trimmed branches to floral arrangements as the thick leaves provide a good structure for smaller flowers. Plant near high-use outdoor spaces such as play areas, patio borders, decks, containers, or around the foundation. Create a natural perimeter to enhance the plant’s natural protection. Even on slightly breezy days, you’ll smell the fresh, lemony scent and so will those pesky insects.   Combine with other protective plants such as Lantana, Creeping LemonThyme, Peppermint, Basil, or Lavender.

Mexican Sour Gherkin, also known as mouse melon or cucamelon, is a rare heirloom cucumber from Central America that produces tiny, grape-sized fruits resembling miniature watermelons. These crunchy, citrus-kissed cucumbers have a slightly sour, refreshing flavor, making them perfect for snacking, pickling, and adding a zesty twist to salads. This heat-tolerant, vining plant thrives in warm weather, requiring minimal care while delivering high yields of unique, flavorful fruits. Whether you're a home gardener or an adventurous foodie, this easy-to-grow heirloom variety brings excitement and fresh flavor straight from your garden! Clovers Garden Heirloom Mexican Sour Gherkin Plants: Two Large, Live plants - Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Prolific Vining Growth - Ideal for trellises in garden beds or containers, saving space while maximizing yield. Heat and Drought Tolerant - Thrives in warm weather with minimal care. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Pairs Perfectly - Combine Mexican Sour Gherkin with companion plants like tomatoes or basil to create a diverse and productive vegetable garden that maximizes space and enhances beauty. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Cucumber Mexican Sour Gherkin - Fun Fact:Also called "mouse melons," Mexican Sour Gherkins look like miniature watermelons but taste like tangy cucumbers with a hint of lemon. Originating in Central America, they have been enjoyed for centuries as a crispy snack, and gardeners love sharing them because of their playful appearance. How to Grow and Care for Mexican Sour Gherkin Cucumber Sunlight – Thrives in full sun; needs 6-8 hours of direct sunlight daily. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist with deep, regular watering to support healthy growth. Soil – Prefers well-draining, nutrient-rich, slightly acidic soil for optimal production. Spacing & Support – Plant 12-18 inches apart and use a trellis to promote vertical growth, airflow, and easy harvesting. Care & Harvest – Train vines to climb for better circulation. Pick grape-sized fruits for the best flavor and crisp texture. Common Questions About Mexican Sour Gherkin Cucumbers What do Mexican Sour Gherkins taste like? Mexican Sour Gherkins have a crisp, tangy flavor with a hint of citrus—like a mini cucumber with a splash of lemon! They’re perfect for snacking, pickling, or tossing into salads. Can I grow Mexican Sour Gherkins in containers? Yes! These vining plants thrive in containers as long as you provide a trellis or support. They’re a great option for patios, balconies, and small-space gardens. Do Mexican Sour Gherkins need a trellis? Absolutely! These vigorous climbers can reach up to 10 feet long, so a trellis or support structure helps manage their growth, saves space, and improves air circulation. Are Mexican Sour Gherkins resistant to pests and diseases? Yes, they’re naturally hardy against many common garden pests and diseases. Providing good airflow and proper spacing helps prevent mildew and other issues. How do I harvest and store Mexican Sour Gherkins? Harvest when they’re about the size of a grape for the best flavor. Store fresh in the fridge for up to a week, or pickle them for long-term enjoyment. Are Mexican Sour Gherkins easy to grow? Definitely! They grow just like cucumbers, thriving in full sun, well-draining soil, and warm temperatures. Low-maintenance and drought-tolerant, they’re a great choice for beginner and expert gardeners alike. Pollinator Benefits - Mexican Sour Gherkin flowers attract beneficial pollinators like bees and butterflies, supporting a thriving garden ecosystem. Adding this plant to your garden encourages natural pollination for a more productive vegetable harvest.  

Cucumber Patio Snacker is a compact, high-yield variety perfect for small gardens, patios, and raised beds. This bush-type cucumber thrives in containers, producing an abundance of 6-8 inch crisp, burpless cucumbers with a smooth, sweet flavor—ideal for snacking, salads, and pickling. Burpless cucumbers have thinner skins and lower levels of cucurbitacin, the compound that can cause bitterness and indigestion, making them easier to digest and perfect for fresh eating. Exceptionally heat-tolerant and easy to grow, this low-maintenance plant requires no trellis, making it perfect for beginner and urban gardeners. Its bushy growth habit and continuous fruiting ensure a steady supply of fresh cucumbers all season long. Grow fresh, delicious cucumbers right from your patio! Clovers Garden Cucumber Patio Snacker Plants: Two Large, Live plants - Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Compact Bush Variety - Grows to about 18-24 inches tall and wide, making it perfect for small-space gardens, raised beds, and patio containers. Delicious Snacking Cucumbers - Produces 6-8 inch smooth-skinned cucumbers with sweet, crunchy flavor—ideal for fresh eating or pickling. Continuous Harvests - Produces cucumbers steadily throughout the season for consistent homegrown produce. No Trellis Needed - Unlike vining cucumbers, this variety has a bushy habit that thrives without a trellis. Heat-Tolerant and Resilient - Thrives in warm weather and adapts well to small-space gardening. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Cucumber Patio Snacker - Fun Fact:The Patio Snacker cucumber was specifically cultivated to thrive in containers and small spaces, making it perfect for apartment balconies or urban gardens. Its crisp fruits are ready to pick early, giving gardeners the satisfaction of fresh, homegrown cucumbers even without a large garden plot. How to Grow and Care for Cucumber Patio Snacker Sunlight – Thrives in full sun (6+ hours daily). Soil – Prefers nutrient-rich, well-draining soil with compost or organic fertilizer. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist, avoiding water-logging. Use mulch to retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing – Plant 12-18 inches apart for airflow and healthy, bushy growth. Growth & Harvest – An annual variety, producing continuous fruit from mid-summer to fall. Pick cucumbers at 6-8 inches long for optimal flavor and texture. Pest Prevention – Protect plants from cucumber beetles with row covers or organic pest control. Common Questions About Cucumber Patio Snacker: How do you grow Cucumber Patio Snacker? Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, water consistently, and provide warmth for optimal growth. How big does Patio Snacker Cucumber get? The plant grows to about 18-24 inches tall and wide, producing 6-8 inch crisp cucumbers. What does Patio Snacker Cucumber taste like? It has a sweet, mild flavor with crisp, burpless skin, making it perfect for fresh eating or pickling. Can Cucumber Patio Snacker be grown in containers? Yes! Its compact, bushy habit makes it perfect for patio containers, raised beds, and urban gardens. How long does it take to harvest Patio Snacker Cucumber? Matures in 50-55 days from transplanting and produces fruit steadily all season. Do I need to trellis Patio Snacker Cucumber? No, this bush-type cucumber does not require trellising, making it perfect for small-space gardening. Pollinator Benefits: Cucumber Patio Snacker attracts bees and other pollinators, enhancing fruit production and supporting a healthy garden ecosystem.

Cucumber Slice More, a gardener's favorite, is a prolific vining cucumber variety that delivers abundant, crisp 7-8 inch cucumbers with smooth, thin skin and a mild, refreshing flavor. As a burpless cucumber, it’s easy to digest, non-bitter, and perfect for slicing into salads, adding to sandwiches, or enjoying fresh from the garden. With its continuous production, this high-yielding variety ensures a steady supply of fresh cucumbers all season long. Exceptionally resilient and easy to grow, Slice More Cucumber thrives on trellises in garden beds or raised beds, making it an excellent space-saving option for vegetable gardens. Its disease resistance, vigorous growth, and classic cucumber flavor make it a favorite for home gardeners and culinary enthusiasts alike. Clovers Garden Slice Cucumber More Plants: Two Large, Live plants - Ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Prolific Vining Variety - Ideal for trellises in garden beds or raised beds, maximizing space and increasing yields. Burpless and Mild - Smooth skin cucumbers with no bitterness, easy to digest, and perfect for fresh eating. High-Yielding - Produces abundant cucumbers steadily throughout the growing season. Perfect for Slicing - 7-8 inch cucumbers with crisp texture and refreshing flavor, ideal for salads, sandwiches, and snacking. Disease Resistant - Thrives in a variety of conditions with resilience against common cucumber diseases. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation - Family-Owned Small Business. We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Cucumber Slice More - Fun Fact:The Slice More cucumber was specifically cultivated to produce long, straight fruits ideal for slicing, salads, or sandwiches. Gardeners prize it because of its thin skin, which eliminates the need for peeling, making meal prep faster and less wasteful. How to Grow and Care for Slice More Cucumber: Sunlight – Requires full sun (6+ hours daily) for optimal growth. Soil – Thrives in nutrient-rich, well-draining soil; amend with compost or organic fertilizer for best results. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist but avoid waterlogging. Use mulch to retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing & Support – Plant 12-18 inches apart and train vines to climb a trellis for better airflow, space efficiency, and easier harvesting. Growth & Harvest – An annual variety, producing continuous fruit from mid-summer to fall. Pick 7-8 inch cucumbers for peak flavor and texture. Pest Prevention – Protect from cucumber beetles with row covers or organic pest control methods. Common Questions About Slice More Cucumber: How do you grow Cucumber Slice More? Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, water consistently, and provide a trellis for vertical growth. How big does Slice More Cucumber get? The plant grows to about 6-8 feet long with 7-8 inch crisp cucumbers. What does Slice More Cucumber taste like? It has a sweet, mild flavor with crisp, burpless skin, making it perfect for fresh eating or slicing into salads. Can Cucumber Slice More be grown in containers? Yes, but it requires a trellis for vertical support to thrive in small spaces. How long does it take to harvest Slice More Cucumber? Matures in 50-60 days from transplanting and produces fruit steadily all season. Do I need to trellis Slice More Cucumber? Yes, trellising is highly recommended for better airflow, space efficiency, and easier harvesting. Pollinator Benefits: Cucumber Slice More attracts bees and other pollinators, improving fruit production and supporting a healthy garden ecosystem.

Dichondra Silver Falls is a stunning trailing plant, prized for its silky silver foliage and cascading growth habit. Its long, flowing stems spill beautifully from hanging baskets, containers, and garden beds, creating an elegant, waterfall-like effect. The small, rounded leaves shimmer in the sunlight, providing striking contrast to bold flowering plants. Whether draping over patio planters or softening the edges of rock gardens and retaining walls, this fast-growing, low-maintenance variety is the perfect way to add texture, movement, and silvery elegance to any outdoor space. Exceptionally heat- and drought-tolerant, Dichondra Silver Falls thrives in full sun and well-draining soil, making it ideal for hot, dry climates. This self-cleaning, low-maintenance plant requires little care while delivering season-long beauty. Whether used as a cascading accent in containers, a ground cover in garden beds, or a dramatic addition to hanging baskets, this ornamental foliage plant brings effortless charm and contrast to any landscape. Clovers Garden Dichondra Silver Falls Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality Dichondra Silver Falls, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support healthy garden ecosystems. Striking Silver Foliage – Small, rounded leaves shimmer in sunlight, creating a soft, trailing effect in baskets and beds. Fast-Growing & Cascading – Forms long, flowing stems that spill beautifully over containers and retaining walls. Thrives in Gardens & Containers – Perfect for hanging baskets, raised beds, and mixed planters. Heat & Drought-Tolerant – Flourishes in hot, dry conditions, requiring minimal upkeep. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Dichondra Silver Falls - Fun Fact:Native to regions of the southwestern U.S. and Mexico, Dichondra "Silver Falls" is prized for its striking cascades of silvery-green foliage. Gardeners often use it in hanging baskets or containers because it can grow up to four feet long, creating beautiful, trailing curtains of silver leaves. How to Grow and Care for Dichondra Silver Falls: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun, tolerating partial shade but producing the best color in bright sunlight. Soil – Prefers well-draining, sandy, or rocky soil; avoid heavy, wet soils. Watering – Drought-tolerant once established; water deeply but infrequently. Spacing – Plant 12-18 inches apart to allow for trailing growth. Growth & Maintenance – A fast-growing annual plant, reaching 3-6 feet long with cascading stems. Trim lightly to maintain shape. Pest Prevention – Naturally resistant to deer and most pests, making it an excellent trouble-free garden addition. Common Questions About Dichondra Silver Falls: How do you grow Dichondra Silver Falls?  Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, water moderately, and trim as needed for a fuller, cascading effect. How long do Dichondra Silver Falls' vines grow?  This trailing variety can reach 3-6 feet long, making it ideal for hanging baskets, window boxes, and garden beds. Does Dichondra Silver Falls bloom?  While primarily grown for its silvery foliage, it may produce tiny, inconspicuous pale green flowers in warm climates. Can Dichondra Silver Falls be grown in containers?  Yes! Its cascading habit makes it perfect for hanging baskets, patio planters, and raised beds. Is Dichondra Silver Falls a perennial or annual?  It is a perennial in Zones 8-10 and grown as an annual in cooler climates where frost may damage the plant. What are the best companion plants for Dichondra Silver Falls?  Dichondra Silver Falls pairs well with bold, colorful flowers that enhance its shimmering contrast. Great options include: Petunias & Calibrachoa – Their vibrant blooms create a stunning contrast. Salvia & Black-Eyed Susan – Adds bright pops of color for a dynamic look. Lavender & Russian Sage – Complements the soft silver tones beautifully. Creeping Jenny & Sweet Potato Vine – Provides contrasting foliage in mixed planters. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Dichondra Silver Falls is a low-maintenance, pest-resistant plant that thrives in hot, dry conditions while providing lush, cascading texture to gardens and containers. While not a major nectar source, its soft foliage adds depth to pollinator-friendly plantings, enhancing the beauty of flowering companions.

Dinosaur Kale is a prized heirloom celebrated for its dark, crinkly leaves and rich, earthy flavor. Perfect for roasting, salads, or hearty soups, this kale thrives in cool weather, delivering bold taste and rugged texture. Easy to grow and frost-tolerant, it’s a striking addition to edible gardens, containers, or patio pots. Ideal for garden beds, raised planters, or kitchen containers, Dinosaur Kale offers continuous harvests from fall through spring. Known for its deep green, dinosaur-like leaves and robust nutrition, this heirloom variety blends flavor and flair. Simple to cultivate and low-maintenance, it’s a must-have for gardeners seeking Lacinato Kale’s unique taste and beauty. (Brassica oleracea 'Lacinato') Clovers Garden Heirloom Dinosaur Kale Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality Dinosaur Kale, 3” to 8” tall, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown naturally to support healthy ecosystems 10x Root Development – Robust plants with strong roots for better transplanting and vigorous growth Grown in the Midwest – All plants are USA-grown, managed from seed to your doorstep Dark, Crinkly Leaves – Earthy, tender Lacinato Kale perfect for roasting, salads, or sautéing Unique Textured Foliage – Adds dramatic, rugged beauty to gardens and dishes Compact & Productive – Grows 24-36 inches tall, ideal for containers or small spaces Frost-Tolerant & Easy-Care – Thrives in cool seasons with minimal effort Versatile Planting Options – Great for patio pots, garden beds, or raised planters Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – Arrives quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet Quick Start Planting Guide – Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every step from unboxing to harvesting Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Kale Dinosaur - Fun Fact:"Dinosaur Kale," also known as Tuscan or Lacinato Kale, earned its prehistoric nickname because its bumpy, dark-green leaves resemble dinosaur skin. Originating from Italy, it's been cultivated since the 18th century and was famously grown in Thomas Jefferson’s Monticello garden. How to Grow and Care for Dinosaur Kale: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily); tolerates partial shade Soil – Well-draining, fertile soil enriched with organic matter Watering – Moderate watering; keep soil consistently moist but not waterlogged Spacing – Space 12-18 inches apart for optimal growth Maintenance – Harvest outer leaves to encourage continuous production Common Questions About Dinosaur Kale: How tall does Dinosaur Kale grow? Dinosaur Kale reaches 24-36 inches tall, perfect for containers and garden beds. Does Dinosaur Kale need full sun? It thrives best in full sun (6+ hours daily) but can handle partial shade with slower growth. How often should I water Dinosaur Kale? Water moderately, keeping soil consistently moist—avoid letting it dry out completely. Can I cook Dinosaur Kale? Yes, it’s perfect for roasting, sautéing, or adding to soups—earthy and tender. Can Dinosaur Kale grow in containers? Yes, its compact size makes it ideal for patio pots, containers, and small spaces. What makes Dinosaur Kale different? Its dark, crinkly leaves offer a unique texture and richer flavor than other kales. Is Dinosaur Kale deer resistant? Yes, its tough texture and flavor naturally deter deer and rabbits. How do I eat Dinosaur Kale raw? Rinse well, remove thick ribs, and chop or massage leaves for salads—mild and nutty. Common Names for Dinosaur Kale – Dinosaur Kale is also known as Lacinato Kale, Tuscan Kale, or Black Kale Companion Plants for Dinosaur Kale: Carrots & Beets – Enhance soil health and complement kale’s growth needs Dill & Parsley – Culinary herbs that pair well in edible gardens Marigolds & Nasturtiums – Add color and deter pests naturally Onions & Garlic – Boost pest resistance and flavor synergy Pollinator & Garden Benefits – Dinosaur Kale brings rugged beauty and rich nutrition to gardens with its crinkly leaves and bold foliage. Easy to grow and frost-tolerant, it’s a versatile edible that enhances any space with minimal care

Dusty Miller Silverdust is a striking ornamental plant known for its finely cut, silvery-white foliage that adds texture and contrast to any garden or container. This versatile plant thrives in sunny locations and is highly drought-tolerant once established. Its soft, velvety leaves provide year-round visual interest and complement colorful flowering plants beautifully. Highly adaptable, Dusty Miller Silverdust grows well in garden beds, borders, and patio containers. While commonly grown as an annual in cooler climates, it is a perennial in USDA Hardiness Zones 8-11. Whether used as a focal point in mixed planters or as an accent in flower beds, its elegant silver foliage stands out in any landscape. Low-maintenance and deer-resistant, it is an excellent choice for gardeners looking to add contrast and texture with minimal effort. Cineraria maritima/Senecio cineraria Clovers Garden Dusty Miller Silverdust Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Dusty Miller Silverdust, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support healthy ecosystems. Soft, Silver Foliage – Velvety leaves provide stunning contrast and texture year-round. Thrives in Full Sun – Prefers bright, direct sunlight for optimal growth. Heat Tolerant and Drought Resistant - Thrives in full sun and dry conditions, making it ideal for low-maintenance gardens. Perfect for Gardens & Containers – Ideal for borders, flower beds, patio planters, and mixed containers. Compact and Versatile - Grows 10-12 inches tall and 8-10 inches wide, perfect for edging, filler plants, or backdrop plantings. Deer & Rabbit Resistant – Naturally unappealing to browsing wildlife. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Dusty Miller Silverdust - Fun Fact:Dusty Miller got its name from its soft, silvery-gray foliage that looks dusted with flour or powder. Originally native to the Mediterranean, gardeners today value it for the striking contrast it provides in colorful flower beds or containers. How to Grow and Care for Dusty Miller Silverdust: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun; tolerates partial shade but prefers direct light. Soil – Prefers well-draining, sandy, or loamy soil; tolerates poor soils. Watering – Keep soil slightly moist when establishing; drought-tolerant once mature. Spacing – Plant 10-12 inches apart for compact, full growth. Growth & Maintenance – Occasional pruning encourages bushier growth; remove spent leaves to maintain appearance. Cold Climate Care – Hardy in Zones 8-11; in colder climates, treat as an annual or overwinter indoors. Pest Prevention – Naturally resistant to deer, rabbits, and most common garden pests. Common Questions About Dusty Miller Silverdust: Are Dusty Miller plants susceptible to any pests or diseases?  Dusty Miller is generally pest-resistant but may occasionally attract aphids or spider mites. Ensure proper airflow and avoid overwatering to prevent fungal issues. Can Dusty Miller Silverdust tolerate drought?  Yes! Once established, it is highly drought-tolerant and requires minimal watering. Is Dusty Miller Silverdust suitable for container planting?  Absolutely! Its striking foliage adds texture to mixed containers, patio planters, and hanging baskets. Does Dusty Miller Silverdust require frequent pruning?  Minimal pruning is needed, but occasional trimming helps maintain a bushier, more compact shape. Can Dusty Miller Silverdust be grown indoors?  Yes, it can be grown indoors in a sunny window, but it prefers bright outdoor conditions. How long does Dusty Miller Silverdust last?  In warm climates, it is a perennial and can last multiple seasons. In colder climates, it is typically grown as an annual. Does Dusty Miller Silverdust attract pests?  No, it is naturally pest-resistant and rarely affected by common garden insects. Is Dusty Miller Silverdust deer or rabbit resistant?  Yes! Its silvery, textured foliage makes it unappealing to deer and rabbits. What are the best companion plants for Dusty Miller Silverdust? Petunias & Marigolds – Bright flowers contrast beautifully with its silver foliage. Salvia & Verbena – Heat-loving plants that thrive alongside Dusty Miller. Ornamental Grasses – Add movement and texture to mixed plantings. Snapdragons & Pansies – Provide seasonal color and visual interest. Lantana & Zinnias – Great for attracting pollinators while complementing the silvery leaves. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Dusty Miller Silverdust is a stunning, easy-care plant that enhances any landscape with its unique silver foliage. Whether in flower beds, borders, or containers, its drought tolerance, deer resistance, and low maintenance needs make it a standout choice for any gardener.

Eggplant Black Beauty is an heirloom favorite, known for its large, glossy deep purple fruits and rich, creamy flavor. A staple in home gardens for generations, this high-yielding variety produces abundant 6-8 inch eggplants with a smooth texture, making them perfect for grilling, roasting, frying, and eggplant parmesan. Whether you're an experienced gardener or just starting out, this easy-to-grow vegetable thrives in garden beds, raised beds, and large containers, ensuring a bountiful harvest all season long. Exceptionally resilient and productive, Black Beauty Eggplant grows vigorously in warm conditions, continuously setting fruit throughout the summer. Its meaty texture and mild flavor make it an excellent choice for vegetarian dishes, Mediterranean cuisine, and hearty meals. Clovers Garden Heirloom Eggplant Black Beauty Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering perennial plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. Large, Classic Eggplants - Produces glossy, deep purple fruits growing 6-8 inches long, perfect for cooking and preserving. Heirloom Variety - A time-tested favorite prized for its superior taste, texture, and high yields. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Rich, Meaty Texture & Culinary Versatility – Perfect for grilling, roasting, frying, and classic dishes like eggplant parmesan and Mediterranean recipes. Prolific Harvests - Produces a steady supply of eggplants throughout the growing season.  Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet.  Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Eggplant Black Beauty - Fun Fact:Black Beauty is an heirloom variety introduced in 1902, quickly becoming the standard eggplant variety for its deep purple color and rich flavor. It was one of the first eggplants widely grown in American gardens and remains incredibly popular over a century later. How to Grow and Care for Eggplant Black Beauty Sunlight – Requires full sun (6+ hours daily) for optimal growth. Soil – Prefers nutrient-rich, well-draining soil amended with compost or organic fertilizer. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist but avoid waterlogging; mulch helps retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing – Plant 24-36 inches apart for proper airflow and vigorous growth. Growth & Harvest – An annual variety, producing continuous fruit from mid-summer to fall. Harvest when 6-8 inches long and glossy for peak flavor and texture. Pest Prevention – Protect from flea beetles and aphids using row covers or organic pest control methods. Common Questions About Eggplant Black Beauty: How do you grow Eggplant Black Beauty? Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, water consistently, and provide warmth for optimal growth. How big does Black Beauty Eggplant get? The plant grows to about 24-36 inches tall, producing 6-8 inch glossy, deep purple eggplants. What does Black Beauty Eggplant taste like? It has a rich, creamy flavor with a firm, meaty texture, making it perfect for roasting, grilling, and frying. Can Eggplant Black Beauty be grown in containers? Yes! Its size makes it best suited for large patio containers or raised beds with ample space for root development. How long does it take to harvest Black Beauty Eggplant? Matures in 70-85 days from transplanting and produces fruit steadily all season. Do I need to stake Black Beauty Eggplant? Yes, staking or caging helps support heavy fruit production and prevents branches from breaking under the weight of large eggplants. What are the best companion plants for Eggplant Patio Baby?Great companion plants improve growth, repel pests, and maximize garden space. The best options include: Basil – Enhances flavor and deters aphids and spider mites. Marigolds – Naturally repel nematodes and harmful insects. Peppers – Thrive in similar conditions, making efficient use of garden space. Beans – Enrich the soil with nitrogen, promoting healthier eggplants. Thyme – Acts as a natural pest deterrent, especially against flea beetles. Spinach & Lettuce – Provide ground cover, retaining soil moisture and reducing weeds. Pollinator Benefits: Eggplant Black Beauty attracts beneficial pollinators like bees that help improve fruit set and garden biodiversity. More pollinators mean better production and a healthier vegetable garden.  

Fairytale Eggplant, known as the most beautiful eggplant in the world, features lavender and white striped fruits that stand out in any garden. This compact, high-yielding plant produces a steady harvest of 4-inch fruits with tender skin, minimal seeds, and a sweet flavor—perfect for grilling, roasting, sautéing, and Mediterranean dishes. Unlike traditional eggplants, Fairytale’s mild, creamy fruits require no peeling, making them a favorite for home gardeners and chefs. Its continuous fruiting ensures a season-long supply of fresh eggplants, even in containers, patios, raised beds, and small gardens. Exceptionally resilient and heat-loving, Fairytale Eggplant thrives in warm conditions, producing fruit from mid-summer through fall. Its disease resistance, ornamental beauty, and rich flavor make it a low-maintenance, high-yield variety perfect for both beginner and experienced gardeners. Whether you're looking to enhance home cooking, maximize garden space, or grow a unique, productive vegetable, this compact, prolific plant is an excellent choice. Clovers Garden Fairytale Eggplant Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality eggplants, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators. Slender, Sweet Eggplants – Produces 4-5 inch long, striped purple and white fruits with a mild, non-bitter flavor. Compact Growth Habit – Perfect for containers, small gardens, and raised beds, reaching 18-24 inches tall. Fast Growing & Prolific – Produces clusters of tender eggplants continuously throughout the season. Heat-Tolerant & Disease-Resistant – Thrives in warm climates with strong resistance to common eggplant diseases. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Eggplant Fairy Tale - Fun Fact:Fairy Tale eggplants are charming miniature vegetables with purple-and-white striped skins, developed specifically for growing in containers. They ripen early and produce abundantly, making them favorites of gardeners with limited space or those who love whimsical garden designs. How to Grow and Care for Eggplant Fairytale Sunlight – Requires full sun (6+ hours daily) for optimal growth. Soil – Prefers nutrient-rich, well-draining soil amended with compost or organic fertilizer. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist but avoid waterlogging; mulch helps retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing – Plant 18-24 inches apart to allow proper airflow and healthy growth. Growth & Harvest – A compact annual variety, producing clusters of fruit from mid-summer to fall. Harvest at 4-5 inches long for peak tenderness and flavor. Pest Prevention – Protect from flea beetles and aphids using row covers or organic pest control methods. Common Questions About Eggplant Fairytale How do you grow Eggplant Fairytale?  Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, water consistently, and provide warmth for best results. How big does Fairytale Eggplant get?  This compact variety grows 18-24 inches tall, making it ideal for small-space gardening and containers. What does Fairytale Eggplant taste like?  It has a mild, sweet flavor with a creamy, non-bitter texture, making it perfect for grilling, roasting, and sautéing. Can Eggplant Fairytale be grown in containers?  Yes! Its compact size and high productivity make it perfect for patio containers or raised beds. How long does it take to harvest Fairytale Eggplant?  Matures in 50-60 days from transplanting, producing continuous fruit all season long. Do I need to stake Fairytale Eggplant?  No, but light support may help with heavy fruit production, especially in container gardens. Pollinator Benefits: Eggplant Fairytale attracts bees and beneficial pollinators, improving fruit set and garden biodiversity. More pollinators mean better production and a healthier vegetable garden.

Patio Baby Eggplant is a compact, high-yielding variety that produces mini, teardrop-shaped eggplants just 2-3 inches long. A fun and exciting choice for any garden, these deep purple, tender-skinned fruits have a sweet, mild flavor with no bitterness. Their small size means no peeling required, and they cook quickly, making them perfect for grilling, roasting, sautéing, and stir-frying. A gourmet favorite for home chefs, this productive plant ensures a steady harvest of fresh, flavorful eggplants all season long. Exceptionally prolific and space-saving, Eggplant Patio Baby thrives in containers, raised beds, and small gardens, and even urban balconies; growing 18-24 inches tall while producing steady fruit from mid-summer through fall. Its ornamental beauty, heat tolerance, and disease resistance make it a low-maintenance, high-reward vegetable for any gardener. Clovers Garden Patio Baby Eggplant Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality eggplants, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators. Perfect for Small Spaces – A dwarf variety growing just 18-24 inches tall, ideal for containers, patios, and raised beds. Early Maturing & High-Yielding – Produces clusters of 2-3 inch eggplants continuously throughout the season. Thin Skin & Mild Flavor – No peeling required! Perfect for grilling, roasting, stir-frying, and Mediterranean dishes. Heat-Tolerant & Disease-Resistant – Thrives in warm climates with strong resistance to common eggplant diseases. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Eggplant Patio Baby - Fun Fact:  Patio Baby eggplants were cultivated specifically for small spaces like patios or balconies, producing abundant mini eggplants that gardeners love for grilling or roasting whole. These eggplants are not only delicious, but their purple blossoms also make Patio Baby an attractive ornamental plant. How to Grow and Care for Patio Baby Eggplant: Sunlight – Requires full sun (6+ hours daily) for optimal growth. Soil – Prefers nutrient-rich, well-draining soil amended with compost or organic fertilizer. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist but avoid waterlogging; mulch helps retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing – Plant 18-24 inches apart to allow proper airflow and healthy growth. Growth & Harvest – A compact annual variety, producing clusters of fruit from mid-summer to fall. Harvest when 2-3 inches long for peak tenderness and flavor. Pest Prevention – Protect from flea beetles and aphids using row covers or organic pest control methods. Common Questions About Eggplant Patio Baby How do you grow Eggplant Patio Baby? Plant in full sun with well-draining soil, water consistently, and provide warmth for best results. Can Eggplant Patio Baby be grown in containers? Yes! Its dwarf size and high productivity make it perfect for patio containers or raised beds. How big does Patio Baby Eggplant get? This compact variety grows 18-24 inches tall, making it ideal for small-space gardening and containers. What does Patio Baby Eggplant taste like? It has a mild, sweet flavor with a creamy, non-bitter texture, making it perfect for grilling, roasting, and sautéing. How long does it take to harvest Patio Baby Eggplant? Matures in 45-50 days from transplanting, producing continuous fruit all season long. Is Patio Baby Eggplant the smallest eggplant variety? Yes, Patio Baby Eggplant is among the smallest varieties, producing 2-3 inch, deep purple fruits on compact plants ideal for container gardening. Do I need to stake Patio Baby Eggplant? No, its compact structure supports itself, but light support may help with heavy fruiting. What are the ideal growing conditions for Patio Baby Eggplant? Patio Baby Eggplant thrives in full sun with well-draining soil. Regular watering and warm temperatures promote optimal growth and fruit production.   What are the best companion plants for Eggplant Patio Baby?Great companion plants improve growth, repel pests, and maximize garden space. The best options include: Basil – Enhances flavor and deters aphids and spider mites. Marigolds – Naturally repel nematodes and harmful insects. Peppers – Thrive in similar conditions, making efficient use of garden space. Beans – Enrich the soil with nitrogen, promoting healthier eggplants. Thyme – Acts as a natural pest deterrent, especially against flea beetles. Spinach & Lettuce – Provide ground cover, retaining soil moisture and reducing weeds. Pollinator Benefits:  Patio Baby Eggplant attracts bees and beneficial pollinators, improving fruit set and garden biodiversity. More pollinators mean better production and a healthier vegetable garden.

French Sorrel is a versatile heirloom herb, loved for its tangy, lemony flavor and nutrient-rich, tender leaves. A staple in French cuisine, this fast-growing perennial adds a citrus-like zest to soups, salads, sauces, and egg dishes. Its mild, tart taste makes it a great spinach alternative, perfect for both fresh and cooked dishes. Hardy and easy to grow, French Sorrel thrives in gardens, raised beds, and containers, reaching 12-18 inches tall. This drought-tolerant, cold-hardy perennial returns year after year with minimal care. Whether you're a seasoned gardener or just starting out, this cut-and-come-again herb brings bold flavor, lush greenery, and endless harvests to your kitchen and garden. Clovers Garden French Sorrel Herb Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality French Sorrel, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators and ensure pure, natural greens. Bright, Tangy Flavor – Tender leaves deliver a mildly tart, lemony taste, perfect for soups, salads, sauces, and egg dishes. Cut-and-Come-Again Harvesting – Produces continuous fresh leaves when trimmed regularly. Perfect for Gardens & Containers – Compact, Decorative, and Versatile. With its striking arrow-shaped green leaves, this plant thrives in garden beds, raised beds, and patio planters, making it a standout in both edible and ornamental gardens. Cold-Hardy & Perennial – Returns year after year in many climates, tolerating light frosts and drought conditions. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed French Sorrel Herb - Fun Fact:French Sorrel has been enjoyed in Europe since ancient times for its pleasantly tart, lemony flavor, making it a popular ingredient in soups, sauces, and salads. Historically, it was also used medicinally to soothe digestive ailments and quench thirst. How to Grow and Care for French Sorrel Herb: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun to partial shade, tolerating a variety of growing conditions. Soil – Prefers rich, well-draining soil, amended with organic matter or compost for best flavor. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist, but avoid overwatering; mulch helps retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing – Plant 12-18 inches apart to allow for proper airflow and lush leaf production. Growth & Harvest – A hardy perennial, producing continuous leaves all season. Harvest outer leaves first to encourage new growth. Pest Prevention – Generally pest-resistant, but aphids and slugs can be deterred with organic sprays or companion planting. Common Questions About French Sorrel Herb: How do you grow French Sorrel?  Plant in full sun to partial shade with rich, well-draining soil. Water consistently and trim regularly to encourage continuous growth. Can I grow French Sorrel in containers?  Absolutely! Its compact size and adaptability make it perfect for patio pots, raised beds, and small garden spaces. How big does French Sorrel get?  This perennial herb grows 12-18 inches tall and spreads about 12 inches wide, making it ideal for edible and ornamental gardens. What does French Sorrel taste like?  It has a bright, tangy, lemony flavor that adds a zesty kick to soups, salads, sauces, and egg dishes. Does French Sorrel come back every year?  Yes! French Sorrel is a hardy perennial in USDA zones 5-9, returning each season with proper care. In colder climates, it may die back in winter but will regrow in spring, providing fresh greens year after year. Does French Sorrel attract pollinators?  Definitely! Bees, butterflies, and even hummingbirds love it, making it a great addition to a pollinator-friendly garden. How long does it take to harvest French Sorrel?  You can start harvesting in just 40-60 days from transplanting, and with frequent picking, it will produce fresh leaves all season long! What are the best companion plants for French Sorrel?  Certain plants enhance growth, repel pests, and improve soil health, making them great garden companions. The best options include: Chives & Onions – Naturally deter pests and improve soil health. Lettuce & Spinach – Grow well together, maximizing garden space. Strawberries – Benefit from sorrel’s ability to repel certain pests. Thyme & Oregano – Enhance soil nutrients and pair well in herb gardens. Pollinator Benefits - French Sorrel produces small, nectar-rich flowers when left to mature, attracting bees, butterflies, and other beneficial pollinators. Its long-lasting greenery supports biodiversity, making it an excellent addition to pollinator-friendly gardens.

Georgia Collard Greens are a Southern heirloom favorite, prized for their tender, flavorful leaves and exceptional heat and cold tolerance. This high-yielding, nutrient-rich green produces large, broad leaves with a mild, slightly sweet flavor, perfect for Southern dishes, stir-fries, and smoothies. Unlike other leafy greens, collards thrive in heat, humidity, and light frosts, providing a steady harvest of fresh, homegrown greens all year. Exceptionally hardy and productive, Georgia Collards grow vigorously in garden beds, raised beds, and large containers, reaching 2-3 feet tall while producing continuous harvests. Their resistance to bolting and ability to withstand cool weather make them low-maintenance and reliable. Whether you're a seasoned gardener or just starting out, these delicious, vitamin-rich greens bring homegrown freshness straight to your kitchen. Clovers Garden Georgia Collard Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality collard greens, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators and ensure pure, natural greens. Classic Heirloom Variety – A time-tested favorite, prized for its superior taste, large leaves, and continuous harvests. Heat-Tolerant & Frost-Resistant – Thrives in hot summers and withstands light frosts, making it a versatile year-round crop. Cold-Hardy & Frost-Sweetened Flavor: Thrives in temperatures down to 20°F, and flavor improves after frost exposure. Nutrient-Rich Superfood: Packed with vitamins A, C, and K, calcium, and fiber for a healthy diet. Space-Efficient & Container-Friendly: Grows 12-24 inches tall, ideal for garden beds and large pots. High-Yield & Fast-Growing – Produces large, broad leaves continuously, ensuring a steady supply of nutrient-dense greens. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Georgia Collards - Fun Fact:Collard greens like the Georgia variety have been a culinary tradition in Southern cooking for centuries, brought to America by European settlers. They became especially important because they thrived in tough growing conditions, providing nutrition throughout the winter months. How to Grow and Care for Georgia Collard Greens Sunlight – Thrives in full sun (6+ hours daily) but tolerates partial shade in hotter climates. Soil – Prefers rich, well-draining soil amended with compost or organic fertilizer. Watering – Keep soil evenly moist but avoid overwatering; mulch helps retain moisture and regulate temperature. Spacing – Plant 18-24 inches apart to allow proper airflow and large leaf production. Growth & Harvest – A hardy biennial grown as an annual, producing continuous leaves all season long. Pick outer leaves first to encourage new growth. Pest Prevention – Protect from cabbage worms and aphids using row covers or organic pest control methods. Common Questions About Georgia Collard Greens How do you grow Georgia Collard Greens?Plant in full sun with rich, well-draining soil, water consistently, and harvest regularly for best results. How big do Georgia Collards get?These hardy greens grow 2-3 feet tall, producing large, broad leaves perfect for continuous harvests. What do Georgia Collard Greens taste like?They have a mild, slightly sweet, and earthy flavor, making them perfect for Southern dishes, stir-fries, and healthy smoothies. Can Georgia Collard Greens be grown in containers?Yes! Their compact but vigorous growth makes them ideal for raised beds and large containers. How long does it take to harvest Georgia Collard Greens?Matures in 55-75 days from transplanting, with continuous harvests throughout the season. How often should I harvest Georgia Collard Greens?Pick outer leaves regularly to encourage new growth and continuous production. Younger leaves are more tender, making them great for fresh cooking. What pests affect Georgia Collard Greens, and how can I prevent them?Common pests include cabbage worms, aphids, and flea beetles. Use row covers, companion planting, and organic insecticidal soap to keep plants healthy. Can Georgia Collard Greens Survive Winter?  Yes! These cold-hardy greens withstand light frosts, thriving in late-season gardens across the U.S. In colder climates, protect them with mulch, row covers, or cold frames to extend the harvest. A touch of frost enhances their sweetness, making them even more flavorful as a winter crop! What are the best companion plants for Georgia Collard Greens? Companion plants improve growth, repel pests, and maximize garden space, creating a healthier, more productive garden ecosystem for your collards. The best options include: Marigolds – Repel nematodes and deter common pests. Garlic & Onions – Help ward off aphids and cabbage worms. Bush Beans & Peas – Fix nitrogen in the soil, improving collard growth. Dill, Rosemary, & Thyme – Naturally deter pests while attracting beneficial insects. Lettuce & Spinach – Provide ground cover, helping retain soil moisture and suppress weeds. Pollinator Benefits: Georgia Collard Greens produce small, nectar-rich yellow flowers when left to bolt, attracting bees, butterflies, and beneficial insects that enhance garden biodiversity and support vegetable pollination.

 Swiss Chard is a classic heirloom vegetable prized for its lush, dark green leaves and crisp, tender stalks. Perfect for sautéing, salads, or hearty soups, this chard delivers a mild, earthy flavor. Easy to grow and harvest, it’s a versatile addition to edible gardens, patio pots, and container gardens. This chard thrives from spring through fall, offering continuous harvests of flavorful greens. Naturally heat- and cold-tolerant, it performs well in fluctuating weather, resisting bolting in summer. Ideal for all gardeners, this green beauty brings nutrition and culinary delight to your garden. (Beta vulgaris subsp. cicla) Clovers Garden Green Swiss Chard Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality Green Swiss Chard, 3” to 8” tall, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to protect pollinators, and you! 10x Root Development – Robust plants with strong roots for better transplanting and vigorous growth Grown in the Midwest – All plants are USA-grown, and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep Lush, Green Leaves & Crisp Stalks – Tender, earthy greens perfect for cooking, salads, steaming, or adding fresh texture and flavor. Extended Harvest & Easy Care – Fast-growing and harvestable in 50-60 days; regularly cut outer leaves for continuous production all season. Cold-Hardy & Heat-Tolerant – Thrives and resists bolting in temperatures from 32°F to 85°F, ideal for diverse climates. Nutrient-Packed Superfood – Rich in vitamins A, C, K, magnesium, potassium, and antioxidants to boost immunity and heart health. Versatile Planting – Ideal for patio pots, raised planters, containers, and garden beds; perfect for gardeners of all experience levels. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – Arrives quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet Quick Start Planting Guide – Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every step from unboxing to planting Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Swiss Chard Green - Fun Fact:Ancient Greeks and Romans cultivated Swiss chard thousands of years ago, valuing it as both food and medicine. It's closely related to beets—but gardeners prize Swiss chard specifically for its flavorful leaves rather than roots. How to Grow and Care for Green Swiss Chard: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily); tolerates partial shade Soil – Fertile, well-draining soil enriched with compost Watering – Regular watering; keep consistently moist but avoid soggy conditions Spacing – Space plants 12-18 inches apart to ensure healthy growth Fertilization – Feed with a balanced vegetable fertilizer every 3-4 weeks Maintenance – Regularly harvest outer leaves (8-12 inches) to stimulate new growth Frost & Heat Tolerance – Survives light frosts and resists bolting in hot summer conditions Common Questions About Green Swiss Chard: How tall does Green Swiss Chard grow? Typically grows 18-24 inches tall, perfect for garden beds or containers. Can Green Swiss Chard grow in pots? Absolutely, its compact nature makes it perfect for patio pots or container gardening. How often should I water Green Swiss Chard? Keep soil consistently moist—about 1 inch of water per week, adjusting for hot weather. Does Green Swiss Chard get bitter in hot weather? No, it resists bitterness and bolting—regular watering keeps leaves mild and tender. When can I harvest Green Swiss Chard? Harvest outer leaves at 8-12 inches, starting 50-60 days after planting, for continuous growth. Is Green Swiss Chard deer resistant? Yes, deer and rabbits generally avoid Swiss Chard due to its taste and texture. Is Green Swiss Chard an annual or perennial? Grown as an annual, but may overwinter in mild climates (Zones 6-10). Companion Plants for Green Swiss Chard: Beets & Carrots – Enhance root development and soil nutrition Onions & Garlic – Naturally repel pests like aphids Marigolds & Calendula – Attract pollinators and deter pests Herbs like Dill & Thyme – Complement growth and garden biodiversity Pollinator & Garden Benefits – Green Swiss Chard enriches your garden with lush greens and nutrient-packed leaves. Its deep roots loosen soil, while its leafy canopy shelters beneficial insects. It repels pests when planted near tomatoes or beans, offering a thriving edible landscape with superior heirloom flavor and sustainable seed-saving potential.

Heliotrope is prized for its beautiful clusters of fragrant, violet-blue flowers and lush, textured green foliage. Ideal for containers, hanging baskets, or sunny garden beds, this heat-loving plant fills gardens and patios with sweet, vanilla-like fragrance. Easy to grow, heliotrope adds charm and delightful aroma to outdoor living spaces, patios, or indoor plant collections. Easy-care and adaptable, Heliotrope thrives in full sun or partial shade and well-draining soil. Growing 12-18 inches tall, this aromatic beauty adds color, fragrance, and pollinator benefits to your garden. Whether in containers, hanging baskets, or flower beds, Heliotrope is perfect for enhancing any outdoor space. (Heliotropium arborescens) Clovers Garden Heliotrope Plants:  Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, Premium-quality Heliotrope, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots.  Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Rich, Fragrant Blooms – Violet-blue flower clusters emit a delightful vanilla scent.  Pollinator Magnet – Attracts butterflies, bees, and hummingbirds to your garden.  Compact & Bushy – Ideal for pots, garden beds, and borders.  Easy Care & Low Maintenance – Simple to grow, perfect for beginner gardeners.  Versatile Use – Great in patio pots, mixed flower beds, and hanging baskets.  Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Heliotrope - Fun Fact:Heliotrope gets its charming name from the Greek words "helios" (sun) and "tropos" (turn), because its fragrant blossoms historically were believed to turn toward the sun. In Victorian England, heliotrope was beloved for its sweet vanilla-like fragrance, making it a favorite for perfumes and garden bouquets. How to Grow and Care for Heliotrope: Sunlight – Prefers full sun to partial shade (4-6 hours daily). Soil – Well-draining, fertile soil is best. Watering – Moderate watering; allow the topsoil to dry slightly between waterings. Spacing – Space 10-12 inches apart for ideal growth.  Maintenance – Minimal care; remove faded blooms to promote continuous flowering. Pest Prevention – Rarely affected by pests; maintain proper airflow to prevent issues. Common Questions About Heliotrope: How much sun does Heliotrope need? Heliotrope thrives in full sun (6+ hours daily) but tolerates partial shade (4-6 hours), blooming best with more light. How often should I water Heliotrope plants? Water moderately, letting the topsoil dry slightly between waterings—overwatering can harm this heat-loving plant. Do Heliotrope plants attract pollinators? Yes, their fragrant blooms draw butterflies, bees, and hummingbirds, boosting garden biodiversity. What does Heliotrope smell like? Heliotrope emits a strong, sweet vanilla-like fragrance, filling patios and gardens with delightful aroma. How big do Heliotrope plants grow? They reach 12-18 inches tall and wide, with a compact, bushy form perfect for pots and beds. Can you grow Heliotrope indoors or outdoors? Yes, it excels outdoors in sun or shade and indoors with bright, indirect light—versatile for any space. Is Heliotrope deer resistant? Yes, its potent fragrance naturally deters deer and rabbits, protecting your garden. Where can I plant Heliotrope? Plant it in containers, hanging baskets, or shaded beds—ideal for patios, borders, or indoor decor. Companion Plants for Heliotrope:  Petunias & Verbena – Complement with vibrant colors and continuous blooms. Lavender & Sage – Fragrant herbs enhance the aromatic appeal.  Salvia & Lantana – Heat-tolerant blooms attract additional pollinators. Marigolds & Calendula – Pest-deterring companions ideal for sunny gardens. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Heliotrope’s fragrant blooms attract butterflies and bees, providing vibrant beauty and pollinator-friendly benefits ideal for any garden.

Hens and Chicks is a delightful perennial succulent loved for its charming rosette shape, vibrant colors, and ease of growth. Perfect for containers, rock gardens, or sunny patios, this plant is a fantastic project for kids, teaching gardening basics and plant care through a fun, interactive experience. Drought-tolerant and hardy, Hens and Chicks quickly spread to form beautiful, dense clusters, making them an engaging and visually appealing addition to any garden. Ideal for gardeners of all ages and skill levels, Hens and Chicks thrives with minimal care. They feature a central rosette (the "hen") that produces many smaller offspring (the "chicks"), creating an ever-expanding colony. This succulent is perfect for sunny areas, rock gardens, containers, and creative garden projects, offering year-round interest with very little upkeep required. (Sempervivum tectorum) Clovers Garden Hens and Chicks Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready-to-grow, premium-quality Hens and Chicks plants, 3” to 6” across, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Plants raised without harmful chemicals, supporting healthy ecosystems. 10x Root Development – Healthy, robust root systems ensure successful transplanting and vigorous growth. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are USA-grown, and we manage the entire process from seed to shipment. Fun & Educational – Great gardening project for children, teaching about plant propagation and growth. Hardy & Drought-Tolerant – Thrives in sunny locations with minimal watering once established. Beautiful Succulent Foliage – Vibrant, colorful rosettes that multiply quickly and fill spaces beautifully. Versatile Garden Uses – Perfect for rock gardens, containers, patios, fairy gardens, and garden borders. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in eco-friendly, recyclable packaging designed to protect your plants. Quick Start Planting Guide – Easy-to-follow guide walks you from unboxing to planting. Third Generation Family-Owned Small Business – Trusted by gardeners since 1957, with Midwest greenhouses. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Hens and Chicks - Fun Fact:The succulent known as "Hens and Chicks" (Sempervivum) earned its charming name because the larger "hen" rosette is surrounded by numerous smaller "chick" rosettes. Originating in European mountain regions, these plants historically adorned rooftops to protect homes from lightning and fire. How to Grow and Care for Hens and Chicks: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun to partial shade (4-6 hours daily). Soil – Prefers well-draining, sandy or rocky soil. Watering – Minimal water; allow the soil to dry thoroughly between waterings. Spacing – Space plants 6-12 inches apart to allow growth and spreading. Maintenance – Extremely low; remove old rosettes occasionally to keep plants tidy. Pest Prevention – Rarely affected by pests; excellent choice for low-maintenance gardens. Common Questions About Hens and Chicks: Are Hens and Chicks easy to grow? Yes! They are incredibly easy and ideal for beginners and kids due to their hardy nature. Can Hens and Chicks grow indoors? Yes, with bright sunlight indoors, they make excellent, easy-care houseplants. How fast do Hens and Chicks spread? They spread quickly, with the mother plant producing multiple offspring each season. Do Hens and Chicks bloom? Yes, mature rosettes bloom with star-shaped flowers, usually in summer. Are Hens and Chicks drought-tolerant? Highly drought-tolerant, they thrive even in very dry conditions once established. What temperatures do Hens and Chicks tolerate? They tolerate cold temperatures well, hardy down to USDA Zone 3. Are Hens and Chicks deer resistant? Yes, they are typically unappealing to deer due to their succulent foliage. Can you propagate Hens and Chicks easily? Absolutely! Offspring (chicks) easily separate and re-root in new locations. Companion Plants for Hens and Chicks: Sedum & Echeveria – Complementary succulents sharing similar growth requirements. Creeping Thyme & Moss – Enhance rock gardens with ground-covering charm. Lavender & Sage – Aromatic plants that thrive under similar dry conditions. Ornamental Grasses – Add contrasting height and texture in xeriscapes. Garden Benefits – Hens and Chicks offer engaging, educational gardening fun, vibrant colors, and easy-care growth. Ideal for rock gardens, containers, and children's gardening projects, these resilient plants enhance gardens with visual charm and minimal maintenance.

Imperial Artichoke is a gourmet favorite, valued for its tender, delicious buds and striking ornamental foliage. Ideal for edible gardens, containers, and raised beds, this early-maturing variety produces abundant deep-green artichokes about 4 inches in diameter within just 90 days of planting. Specifically bred for reliable annual harvests in cold climates, Imperial Artichoke's robust 3-4 foot plants offer both culinary delight and garden beauty. Easy to grow and versatile, Imperial Artichoke thrives in full sun and nutrient-rich, well-draining soil. Its quick maturity ensures plentiful harvests of sweet, mild-flavored buds, slow to open and perfect for gourmet dishes. A practical choice for beginners and seasoned gardeners alike, this variety yields high-quality artichokes quickly and consistently. Clovers Garden Imperial Artichoke Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Imperial Artichoke, 4” to 10” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Plants are grown without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development – Robust plants with healthy roots for better transplanting and stronger growth. Grown in the Midwest – All plants grown in the USA; we oversee from seed to shipment. Fast-Maturing Gourmet Vegetable – Produces delicious, 4-inch, deep green artichokes in about 90 days after transplanting, ideal for short-season gardens. Perfect for Containers & Raised Beds – Compact, 3-4 foot plants thrive in patio pots, vegetable gardens, and raised beds. Annual or Perennial Versatility – Grown annually in cold climates; perennial in Zones 7-11. Naturally Deer & Rabbit Resistant – Tough, textured foliage deters browsing animals for worry-free gardening. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – Exclusive step-by-step guide to ensure gardening success from unboxing to harvest. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Imperial Artichoke - Fun Fact:Artichokes have been considered luxurious delicacies for centuries, enjoyed by ancient Romans and Greeks, who believed they held aphrodisiac properties. The "Imperial" variety carries on this gourmet tradition, with tender hearts beloved by chefs and home gardeners alike. How to Grow and Care for Imperial Artichoke: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily).  Soil – Thrives in rich, well-draining soil amended with organic matter. Watering – Regular watering; maintain consistent moisture without waterlogging. Spacing – Space plants 18-24 inches apart to allow ample growth. Maintenance – Minimal; harvest artichoke buds regularly to encourage further production. Pest Prevention – Resistant to most garden pests; naturally deer and rabbit resistant. Common Questions About Imperial Artichoke: How big do Imperial Artichoke plants get?  Plants typically reach 3-4 feet in height, ideal for garden beds or large containers. When can you harvest Imperial Artichoke?  Harvest when buds are tightly closed, approximately 90 days after transplanting. How many artichokes does one Imperial Artichoke plant produce?  Each healthy Imperial Artichoke plant typically yields 6 to 9 artichokes per season. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to produce additional buds, increasing your overall harvest. Can Imperial Artichokes be grown as annuals?  Yes! Imperial Artichokes are specifically bred for annual growth in colder climates, producing delicious, harvestable artichokes within about 90 days after transplanting. Can Imperial Artichoke grow in containers?  Absolutely! It grows well in large patio pots, raised beds, and containers. Why is Imperial Artichoke a good choice for cold climates?  Imperial Artichoke matures rapidly, offering gardeners in cold regions the chance to enjoy fresh artichokes in just one season, unlike traditional varieties that require longer, warmer growing periods. Are Imperial Artichokes easy to grow?  Yes, they are easy to cultivate and great for beginners, offering a rewarding harvest. Do Imperial Artichoke plants attract pollinators?  Yes, if allowed to bloom, their purple flowers attract bees and beneficial insects. How much sun do Imperial Artichokes need?  They require at least 6 hours of direct sunlight daily for best growth and bud production. Is Imperial Artichoke deer resistant?  Yes! Its tough, textured leaves naturally deter deer and rabbits. What soil is best for Imperial Artichoke?  Rich, fertile, and well-draining soil amended with compost is ideal. Companion Plants for Imperial Artichoke: Tomatoes & Basil – Complement growth and deter pests.  Marigolds & Calendula – Natural pest repellents that enhance garden beauty. Cucumbers & Lettuce – Share similar water and sun requirements. Nasturtiums & Thyme – Beneficial insect attractants and aromatic companions. Pollinator & Garden Benefits: Imperial Artichoke provides both ornamental and edible appeal, attracting beneficial pollinators when blooming, enhancing garden biodiversity, and offering a delicious, gourmet harvest.

Kohlrabi Konan is a superior, award-winning variety prized for its consistent, crisp, and mildly sweet bulbs, and nutritious leafy greens. This variety matures faster and more reliably than traditional types, making it ideal for edible gardens, patio pots, and container gardening. Perfect for fresh salads, stir-fries, roasting, or snacking, Kohlrabi Konan is fast-growing and highly pest-resistant, providing easy success for gardeners at every level. Ideal for gardens of any size, Kohlrabi Konan produces tender, uniform bulbs ready to harvest in just 50 days. Its adaptability to diverse climates, along with strong resistance to common pests, ensures a bountiful, worry-free gardening experience. With attractive green foliage and unique bulbous stems, Kohlrabi Konan adds culinary versatility and visual charm to any garden. (Brassica oleracea 'Konan') Clovers Garden Kohlrabi Konan Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready-to-grow premium Kohlrabi Konan, 3” to 6” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown naturally, ensuring healthy plants for your edible garden. 10x Root Development – Robust plants with healthy, mature roots for successful transplanting and vigorous growth. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are USA-grown and managed by us from seed to shipment. Quick Maturing – Ready for harvest in just 50 days, providing quick garden rewards. Crisp, Tender Bulbs – Ideal for fresh eating, roasting, grilling, and adding to salads. Heat and Pest Resistant – Thrives in varied climates, resisting common pests for hassle-free gardening. Compact Size – Grows approximately 12 inches tall, perfect for gardens, containers, and patio pots. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – Easy-to-follow instructions smoothly guiding you from unboxing to harvest. Third Generation Family-Owned Small Business – Trusted by gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Kohlrabi Konan - Fun Fact:Kohlrabi, whose name comes from the German words "kohl" (cabbage) and "rabi" (turnip), has been cultivated in Europe since at least the 1500s. Often described as looking like a vegetable from another planet, Kohlrabi Konan offers gardeners a crisp, sweet bulb that's delicious eaten fresh or lightly cooked. How to Grow and Care for Kohlrabi Konan: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily). Soil – Thrives in rich, well-draining soil amended with compost. Watering – Regular watering, keeping soil consistently moist but not waterlogged. Spacing – Space plants 8-12 inches apart for optimal bulb development. Maintenance – Minimal; keep soil weed-free and harvest bulbs when young and tender. Pest Prevention – Naturally resistant; watch for cabbage worms and aphids, treat organically if needed. Common Questions About Kohlrabi Konan: How long does it take Kohlrabi Konan to mature? Kohlrabi Konan typically matures in about 50 days, making it perfect for quick harvests. Can Kohlrabi Konan be grown in containers? Absolutely! Its compact growth makes it ideal for container gardening and patio pots. What does Kohlrabi Konan taste like? Kohlrabi Konan has a crisp texture with a mildly sweet flavor, similar to a blend between cabbage and apple. Does Kohlrabi Konan require full sun? Yes, it thrives best with at least 6 hours of direct sunlight daily. How should Kohlrabi Konan be watered? Keep the soil consistently moist with regular watering, avoiding overly wet conditions. Are Kohlrabi Konan plants annual or perennial? Kohlrabi is an annual vegetable, providing fresh harvests each growing season. Is Kohlrabi Konan deer resistant? Yes, deer generally avoid Kohlrabi Konan, making it a great addition to gardens prone to wildlife browsing. Can you eat the leaves of Kohlrabi Konan? Yes! The leaves are nutritious and delicious, perfect sautéed, steamed, or fresh in salads. Companion Plants for Kohlrabi Konan: Onions & Garlic – Natural pest repellents.  Lettuce & Spinach – Similar growing conditions and complement in salads. Beets & Carrots – Companion root vegetables that share garden space efficiently. Marigolds & Calendula – Natural pest control and attract beneficial insects. Garden Benefits – Kohlrabi Konan provides delicious and nutritious produce quickly and easily, ideal for edible landscapes and container gardening. Its pest resistance and adaptability make it a rewarding addition to any home garden.

This fast growing annual and pollinator favorite is a gardener’s favorite for its hardy growing habit and ability to withstand even the hottest, driest growing conditions. It’s naturally mosquito-repellent but loved by hummingbirds and butterflies. Grown as an annual in Zones 4 through 7, prefers sun to part sun, adapts to most soil types, tolerates dry, hot conditions. In Zones 8, Lantana is a tender perennial and in Zones 9 and warmer will grow as a perennial.  Note: after blooming, this plant produces small berries that are toxic to pets and kids. Please trim as blossoms fade. Clovers Garden Lantana Camara Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium flowering plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed You can grow a beautiful garden that keeps the mosquitoes away!

Repel mosquitoes naturally with these beautiful tall Lemongrass Plants! Perfect for foundation plantings, filling deck containers, or planted around your patio, Lemon Grass gives off a heavenly citronella scent that drives mosquitoes away! Bye, bye bugs and the scary diseases they carry. Lemongrass is also edible and can be used all summer for delicious stir fries, lemon-infused teas or vinegars, or use the whole stalk as a meat skewer.  Clovers Garden Lemongrass Mosquito Repellent Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium herb plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – herbs do well in pots, planters, and window boxes and their lovely foliage make them a great filler plant with blooming annuals. Season long harvest – this edible plant will grow all season long and can be harvested all summer, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Start growing your mosquito repellent garden today so you can enjoy your yard all summer!

Mexican Heather Magenta (Cuphea) is a vibrant, long-blooming plant known for its rich magenta flowers and dense, glossy green foliage. Its delicate, tubular blooms attract bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds, keeping your garden buzzing with life all season long. Perfect for edging, borders, and container gardening, this versatile plant thrives in warm climates and provides non-stop color from spring to frost. Highly heat and drought-tolerant once established, Magenta color Mexican Heather is an excellent choice for low-maintenance landscapes. Whether planted in garden beds, mixed containers, or hanging baskets, it offers lush greenery and continuous blooms with minimal care. Its compact, mounding habit makes it a stunning addition to any sunny garden space. Clovers Garden Mexican Heather Magenta Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Mexican Heather Magenta (Cuphea), 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support healthy pollinators and ecosystems. Bright Magenta Blooms – Long-lasting flowers add vibrant color from spring until frost. Pollinator Magnet – Attracts bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds with its nectar-rich blossoms. Heat & Drought-Tolerant – Thrives in hot, dry conditions once established, requiring minimal care. Perfect for Gardens & Containers – Ideal for borders, edging, patio planters, and hanging baskets. Compact & Mounding Growth – Forms a dense, lush mound, enhancing any landscape or container garden. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Mexican Heather Cuphea Magenta - Fun Fact:Despite its name, Mexican Heather isn't related to true heathers; instead, it's part of the Cuphea family from Mexico and Central America. Gardeners love it because the delicate magenta blooms attract butterflies and hummingbirds, bringing life to their garden all season long. How to Grow and Care for Mexican Heather Magenta: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun to partial shade, performing best with at least 6 hours of direct sunlight. Soil – Prefers well-draining soil, tolerating sandy and loamy conditions. Watering – Drought-tolerant once established; water regularly until roots are established. Spacing – Plant 12-18 inches apart for a dense, mounded growth habit. Growth & Maintenance – Minimal pruning needed; occasional trimming encourages fuller growth. Pest Prevention – Naturally resistant to most pests, including deer and rabbits. Common Questions About Mexican Heather Magenta: Does Mexican Heather Magenta attract bees or butterflies? Yes! Its nectar-rich flowers are a favorite among bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds, making it a great choice for pollinator-friendly gardens. Is Mexican Heather Magenta deer or rabbit resistant? Yes, this plant is naturally resistant to deer and rabbits, making it a low-maintenance choice for gardens where wildlife is a concern. How often does Mexican Heather Magenta need pruning? Minimal pruning is required. Light trimming throughout the season helps maintain a fuller, more compact shape and encourages additional blooms. Is Mexican Heather Magenta suitable for container planting? Absolutely! Its compact growth habit and continuous blooms make it an excellent choice for patio planters, hanging baskets, and mixed containers. Does Mexican Heather Magenta spread quickly or slowly? It grows moderately, forming a dense mound rather than aggressively spreading, making it an excellent choice for borders and edging. Can Mexican Heather Magenta tolerate high heat? Yes! It thrives in warm climates and can withstand extreme summer heat with minimal watering once established. Does Mexican Heather Magenta require deadheading? No, this plant is self-cleaning and does not require deadheading, making it an easy-care addition to any landscape. Can Mexican Heather Magenta be grown indoors? While it is primarily an outdoor plant, it can be grown indoors in bright, sunny locations with proper care. What is the best way to fertilize Mexican Heather Magenta? A balanced, slow-release fertilizer applied in early spring and mid-summer will keep it blooming profusely. What are the best companion plants for Mexican Heather Magenta? Lantana & Verbena – Heat-loving plants that provide a stunning contrast with their bright blooms. Salvia & Pentas – Both attract pollinators and thrive in similar conditions. Ornamental Grasses – Add texture and movement to garden beds alongside its compact growth. Marigolds & Zinnias – Provide vibrant color and continuous blooms f of the Fox in downtownor a stunning summer display. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Mexican Heather Magenta is a resilient, long-blooming plant that adds bold color and attracts essential pollinators. Its heat tolerance, low maintenance needs, and versatility in both garden beds and containers make it an excellent choice for any sunny landscape.

Nasturtium is one of the most interesting plants around with a secret history most growers know nothing about. At different times in history it’s been considered a vegetable, an herb, a flower, and even a fruit! Not only is it a colorful and easy flower to grow, but it is a totally edible medicinal plant that has dozens of uses for the home gardener. Each part of the plant is edible from the flowers to the leaves to the ripened seed pods. The nutritionally dense leaves are full of Vitamin C and Iron and are considered a folk remedy for respiratory ailments and a natural blood detoxifier. Nasturtium plants have a peppery spicy taste which is a wonderful addition to salads such as potato, chicken, and crab, or you can use the whole flowers as an edible garnish for fish dishes. The seed pods when dried can be ground and used like pepper as a seasoning. Clovers Garden Nasturtium Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium garden plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes and the lovely foliage and blossoms make nasturtium a great filler plant. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed For the tastiest nasturtium leaves, keep the plants well-watered which helps moderate the spiciness of the leaves and flowers. It can be placed almost anywhere to grow – full sun, part sun, rich soil, poor soil – the choice is up to the gardener. Space 12” to 18” inches apart as they reseed themselves and fill in nicely. They grow 12” to 20” tall and create a colorful. happy fill in for almost any area. Also a natural aphid attractor so they'll stay away from your other garden plants:  great companion plant for tomatoes, cabbages, radishes and cucumbers as the serve to deter a number of garden pests.

Orion Fennel Plant is a culinary standout known for its crisp, flavorful bulbs and feathery, aromatic foliage. Ideal for edible landscapes, containers, and patio gardens, this herb adds fresh flavor to salads, soups, and gourmet dishes. Its attractive green foliage and versatile uses make it a favorite among home gardeners and cooking enthusiasts alike. Easy-care and adaptable, Orion Fennel thrives in full sun and well-draining soil. Also known as Foeniculum vulgare'Orion', Sweet Fennel, or Common Fennel, this robust plant grows 18-24 inches tall, offering both visual appeal and delicious, anise-flavored bulbs. Whether planted in containers, mixed garden beds, or dedicated herb gardens, Orion Fennel delivers culinary convenience and garden beauty. Clovers Garden Orion Fennel Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Orion Fennel, 3" to 8" tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown naturally to support healthy ecosystems. Edible Culinary Herb – Delicious bulbs and aromatic foliage, perfect fresh or cooked. Crisp, Flavorful Bulbs – Ideal for salads, roasting, grilling, and sautéing. Compact & Robust – Grows 18-24 inches tall, excellent for garden beds or containers. Easy Care & Low Maintenance – Minimal care required; ideal for beginners. Heat & Drought-Tolerant – Thrives in sunny locations with moderate watering. Perfect for Containers & Gardens – Great for patio planters, herb gardens, or vegetable beds. Naturally Deer Resistant – Unappealing to deer due to its aromatic foliage. Grown in the Midwest – Plants are grown and shipped from the USA. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Arrives quickly in eco-friendly, recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – Simple instructions from unboxing to harvesting. Third Generation Family-Owned Small Business – Providing premium plants since 1957. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Fennel - Fun Fact:Fennel was highly valued by ancient Greeks and Romans, who believed it brought courage, strength, and longevity. Gladiators ate fennel seeds before combat to boost bravery and stamina, and the seeds were traditionally chewed to freshen breath during long sermons in colonial America. How to Grow and Care for Orion Fennel: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily). Soil – Thrives in rich, well-draining soil enriched with organic matter. Watering – Water moderately, letting the top inch of soil dry between waterings. Spacing – Space plants 10-12 inches apart for optimal bulb development. Maintenance – Minimal care; harvest bulbs as needed to encourage new growth. Pest Prevention – Naturally resistant to most garden pests; rarely affected. Common Questions About Orion Fennel: How big do Orion Fennel plants grow? Orion Fennel grows approximately 18-24 inches tall, ideal for gardens or containers. Is Orion Fennel suitable for container gardening? Absolutely! Its compact size and attractive foliage make it perfect for patio pots and containers. Are Orion Fennel plants deer resistant? Yes! Deer usually avoid fennel plants because of their aromatic scent. Do Orion Fennel plants prefer full sun? Yes, Orion Fennel grows best in full sun with at least 6 hours of direct sunlight daily. How often should Orion Fennel plants be watered? Water moderately, allowing the topsoil to dry slightly between waterings. Are Orion Fennel plants annuals or perennials? Typically grown as an annual, but can behave as perennial in warmer climates (Zones 7-10). Do Orion Fennel plants attract pollinators? Yes! Their small yellow flowers attract beneficial insects and pollinators. What soil is best for Orion Fennel? Well-draining, fertile soil enriched with compost ensures healthy growth. Common Names for Orion Fennel - Orion Fennel is also known simply as Sweet Fennel, Common Fennel, or Bulb Fennel. Companion Plants for Orion Fennel: Tomatoes & Peppers – Complement growth and flavor. Dill & Parsley – Similar care and growth needs. Marigolds & Calendula – Natural pest-repelling partners. Lavender & Sage – Aromatic herbs enhancing garden biodiversity. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Orion Fennel adds culinary value to gardens while attracting beneficial pollinators. Easy-care, heat-tolerant, and ornamental, it's a great addition for any garden.

Persian Shield or Strobilanthes, is prized for its stunning, metallic purple and silver foliage. Its vibrant, iridescent leaves shimmer in shades of violet, lavender, and green, creating an exotic and dramatic look in containers, hanging baskets, shaded garden beds, and indoor spaces. This lush, ornamental plant provides season-long color, making it perfect for gardeners who want continuous visual impact. Ideal for adding a bold, tropical flair to shaded patios, indoor décor, or outdoor gardens, Persian Shield thrives in partial to full shade. Its upright yet bushy growth habit and rich, colorful foliage make it an outstanding choice for containers, mixed plantings, and shaded landscape areas. Easy to grow and maintain, this vibrant plant quickly becomes the centerpiece of any shaded garden design. (Strobilanthes dyerianus) Clovers Garden Persian Shield - Strobilanthes: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Persian Shield, 4” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support healthy ecosystems. Striking, Iridescent Foliage – Vibrant purple and silver-green leaves create stunning color and texture. Shade-Loving Plant – Ideal for partial to full shade locations, thriving where many plants struggle. Versatile Decorative Uses – Perfect for indoor houseplants, outdoor containers, hanging baskets, or shaded garden beds. Easy-Care & Low-Maintenance – Requires minimal pruning and watering; naturally resistant to most pests. Grown in the Midwest – All plants grown in the USA, overseen from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Eco-Friendly Packaging – Plants arrive quickly in recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – Easy-to-follow instructions from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Trusted for quality plants since 1957. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Persian Shield - Fun Fact:The Persian Shield plant, native to Myanmar (Burma), got its striking name from its metallic purple leaves resembling richly decorated Persian armor. Gardeners worldwide prize it as an exotic ornamental that brings dramatic tropical color to gardens and containers. How to Grow and Care for Persian Shield - Strobilanthes: Sunlight – Prefers partial to full shade; ideal for shaded patios, porches, or bright indoor areas. Soil – Thrives in rich, well-draining soil; keep evenly moist. Watering – Regular watering; avoid overly wet conditions. Spacing – Space 18-24 inches apart for optimal growth and bushy appearance. Growth & Maintenance – Trim occasionally to encourage a fuller, bushier plant. Cold Climate Care – Annual outdoors in colder climates; bring indoors before frost to overwinter. Pest Prevention – Generally pest-free. Common Questions About Persian Shield - Strobilanthes: How big does Persian Shield grow? Persian Shield typically reaches 18-36 inches tall and wide, forming a bushy, vibrant plant ideal for containers or shaded landscapes. Can Persian Shield tolerate full sun? Persian Shield prefers partial to full shade. It can tolerate some morning sun, but too much direct sunlight will fade its vibrant foliage. Is Persian Shield an annual or perennial? In warm climates (USDA zones 9-11), Persian Shield grows as a perennial. In colder climates, it is typically grown as an annual or brought indoors for winter. What other names is Persian Shield known by? Persian Shield is also known as Strobilanthes, Royal Purple Plant, Chinese Rain Bell, Assam Indigo, and Burmuda Coneflower. Does Persian Shield attract pollinators? While Persian Shield is primarily grown for its striking foliage, its occasional small flowers can attract butterflies and beneficial insects. Are Persian Shield plants deer and rabbit resistant? Yes, Persian Shield is generally resistant to deer and rabbits due to its strong-flavored foliage. Can Persian Shield be grown indoors? Yes! Persian Shield thrives as a houseplant in bright, indirect light, adding exotic color to your indoor spaces. What type of soil does Persian Shield prefer? Persian Shield prefers rich, loamy, and well-draining soil kept evenly moist. What plants pair well with Persian Shield in gardens? Ferns & Hostas – Provide lush texture in shaded gardens. Begonias & Impatiens – Offer vibrant flowers that complement Persian Shield's striking foliage. Coleus & Caladium – Share similar shade-loving, colorful foliage. Ornamental Grasses – Add contrasting textures and height. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Persian Shield brightens shaded areas with stunning, iridescent foliage. Its low-maintenance nature and shade tolerance make it ideal for container gardens, indoor décor, and shaded outdoor landscapes. Occasional small blooms may attract butterflies, enhancing your garden’s biodiversity and visual appeal.

#1 for Hummingbirds Purple and Bloom Salvia is a must-have for pollinator gardens, producing vivid purple flowers on dark stems. Its nectar-rich blooms attract hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees from spring until frost. With its tall, upright growth and continuous flowering, it adds vibrant color and elegance to flower beds, borders, and containers. Thriving in full sun, this heat and drought-tolerant plant is perfect for low-maintenance landscapes. Whether in garden beds, patio containers, or pollinator-friendly spaces, its long-lasting blooms and resistance to deer and rabbits make it a reliable, showstopping addition. If you're looking for a resilient, eye-catching plant that keeps your garden buzzing with life, Purple and Bloom Salvia is the perfect choice. Clovers Garden Purple and Bloom Salvia Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality Purple and Bloom Salvia, 8” to 14” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators and healthy ecosystems. Vibrant Purple Blooms – Bold, nectar-rich flowers provide striking contrast and long-lasting garden interest. Attracts Pollinators – A favorite of hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees, bringing movement and life to your garden. Heat & Drought-Tolerant – Thrives in hot, dry conditions with minimal watering. Thrives in Gardens & Containers – Perfect for flower beds, pollinator gardens, patio planters, and borders. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Salvia Purple and Bloom - Fun Fact:Salvias have historically been admired by various cultures for their medicinal and culinary uses. The Purple and Bloom variety, cultivated for its brilliant purple flowers, has become especially beloved because it attracts hummingbirds and butterflies, enriching garden biodiversity How to Grow and Care for Purple and Bloom Salvia: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun (at least 6-8 hours daily) for maximum flowering. Soil – Prefers well-draining soil; tolerates sandy, loamy, or rocky conditions. Watering – Drought-tolerant once established; water regularly until roots are established. Spacing – Plant 18-24 inches apart for proper air circulation and growth. Growth & Maintenance – Deadhead spent flowers to encourage continuous blooming. Trim back in late fall or early spring for fresh regrowth. Pest Prevention – Naturally deer- and rabbit-resistant, making it a worry-free addition to any garden. Common Questions About Purple and Bloom Salvia: Does Purple and Bloom Salvia attract bees and butterflies?  Yes! Purple and Bloom Salvia is a magnet for pollinators, drawing in hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees with its nectar-rich blooms. Is Purple and Bloom Salvia suitable for growing in pots?  Absolutely! Purple and Bloom Salvia thrives in containers, making it a great choice for patios, balconies, and small garden spaces. Use a well-draining potting mix and ensure proper sunlight. How often does Purple and Bloom Salvia need deadheading?  Deadheading spent flowers encourages more blooms throughout the season, but it is not strictly necessary. Even without deadheading, it continues to produce vibrant flowers. Does Purple and Bloom Salvia require full sun or partial shade?  Purple and Bloom Salvia thrives best in full sun, producing more abundant and longer-lasting flowers with at least 6-8 hours of direct sunlight daily. Is Purple and Bloom Salvia drought resistant?  Yes! Once its roots are well established, Purple and Bloom Salvia is highly drought-tolerant and thrives in dry, hot conditions with minimal watering. How tall and wide does Purple and Bloom Salvia grow?  It reaches about 3-4 feet tall and 2-3 feet wide, making it an excellent mid-border or background plant in flower beds. Can Purple and Bloom Salvia survive winter?  Purple and Bloom Salvia is typically grown as an annual in colder climates and will not survive harsh winters. In warmer regions, it may return the following year. Does Purple and Bloom Salvia have a strong fragrance?  It has a mild, pleasant fragrance that attracts pollinators but is not overwhelming. Is Purple and Bloom Salvia resistant to pests?  Yes! It naturally repels deer and rabbits, making it a low-maintenance choice for gardens with browsing wildlife. What are the best companion plants for Purple and Bloom Salvia? Coneflowers & Black-Eyed Susans – Create a pollinator-friendly haven with long-blooming, nectar-rich flowers. Lantana & Verbena – Heat-loving plants that complement Salvia’s drought resistance. Russian Sage & Lavender – Provide soft, airy texture and fragrance while thriving in similar conditions. Ornamental Grasses – Add movement and texture to your garden alongside Salvia’s bold blooms. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Purple and Bloom Salvia is a standout in pollinator-friendly gardens, drawing hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees while resisting deer and rabbits. Its long-lasting blooms, drought tolerance, and bold color make it a stunning, easy-care addition to any landscape.

Purple Heart, is a fast-growing trailing plant with bold purple foliage that adds vibrant color to gardens, patios, and hanging baskets. Its deep violet leaves contrast beautifully in any setting, and it thrives in full sun to partial shade, producing delicate pinkish-purple flowers throughout the season. This low-maintenance, drought-tolerant plant is perfect for containers, borders, and ground cover. It spreads quickly, forming a lush carpet of purple leaves. Whether cascading from a planter, brightening up a patio, or filling a flower bed, this resilient grower brings long-lasting beauty with minimal effort. Clovers Garden Purple Heart Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality Purple Heart plants, 4” to 8” long, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support healthy garden ecosystems. Bold Purple Foliage – Striking violet-purple leaves bring vibrant color and texture to gardens and containers. Fast-Growing & Spreading – Forms long, trailing stems perfect for hanging baskets, ground cover, and edging. Thrives in Gardens & Containers – Ideal for patio planters, raised beds, window boxes, and ground cover. Drought-Tolerant & Hardy – Flourishes in full sun to partial shade, requiring minimal upkeep. Hardy Perennial in Warm Climates – Grows as a perennial in Zones 8-11 and as an annual in cooler regions. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Purple Heart - Fun Fact:The Purple Heart plant (Tradescantia pallida) originated in eastern Mexico and was traditionally grown by indigenous peoples for its vibrant color, believed to symbolize royalty and spiritual strength. Today, it remains popular worldwide for its dramatic purple foliage. How to Grow and Care for Purple Heart: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun to partial shade, with the most vibrant purple color developing in brighter light. Soil – Prefers well-draining soil, tolerating various soil types, including sandy and loamy soil. Watering – Drought-tolerant once established; water moderately and allow the soil to dry slightly between waterings. Spacing – Plant 10-16 inches apart to allow for spreading growth. Growth & Maintenance – A fast-growing perennial in warm climates and grown as an annual in cooler regions. Trim as needed to encourage bushy growth. Pest Prevention – Naturally resistant to deer and most pests, making it an excellent trouble-free garden addition. Common Questions About Purple Heart: How do you grow Purple Heart?  Plant in full sun to partial shade with well-draining soil, water moderately, and trim as needed to maintain shape. Is Purple Heart a perennial or annual?  Purple Heart is a perennial in Zones 8-11 but is typically grown as an annual in colder climates, where it provides season-long vibrant foliage. How long do Purple Heart’s trailing stems grow?  This fast-growing vine can reach up to 3 feet long, making it ideal for hanging baskets, mixed planters, and ground cover. Does Purple Heart bloom?  Yes, Purple Heart produces small, delicate pinkish-purple flowers throughout the growing season, though it is primarily grown for its stunning foliage. Can Purple Heart be grown indoors?  Yes, Purple Heart adapts well to indoor containers and thrives in bright, indirect light, making it a beautiful houseplant. Are Purple Heart plants low maintenance or high maintenance? Purple Heart plants are low maintenance. They thrive in various conditions, are drought-tolerant once established, and need only occasional pruning. Does Purple Heart need frequent pruning?  Occasional pruning encourages fuller, bushier growth and prevents leggy stems. Trimming back long runners helps maintain a compact shape. Is Purple Heart deer and rabbit resistant?  Purple Heart plants are deer and rabbit-resistant due to their tough, slightly fuzzy foliage, which makes them unappealing to browsing animals. Is Purple Heart safe for pets?  Purple Heart is mildly toxic to pets if ingested. Keep out of reach of cats and dogs that may chew on plants. Does Purple Heart attract pests or insects?  Purple Heart is generally pest-resistant. Keeping good airflow around the plant and occasional rinsing of the leaves can help prevent issues. What are the best companion plants for Purple Heart? Petunias & Calibrachoa – Bright, vibrant blooms contrast with Purple Heart’s rich purple leaves. Lantana & Salvia – Heat-loving flowers that complement its drought-tolerant nature. Dusty Miller & Silver Falls Dichondra – Silvery foliage creates a striking contrast with the bold purple hues. Ornamental Grasses – Add height and movement to container gardens and landscape beds. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Purple Heart is a low-maintenance, pest-resistant plant that thrives in warm, dry conditions while providing striking foliage and texture. While primarily grown for its stunning leaves, its small flowers attract pollinators like bees and butterflies. Whether used as a trailing accent in planters or as a vibrant ground cover, this resilient plant adds long-lasting beauty to any garden.

Red Russian Kale is treasured Heirloom known for its tender, nutrient-packed leaves and striking red-veined foliage. Perfect for fresh salads, hearty soups, or sautéed dishes, this kale thrives in cool weather, delivering robust flavor and vibrant color. Easy to grow and frost-tolerant, it’s a standout addition to edible gardens, containers, or patio pots. Ideal for garden beds, raised planters, or kitchen containers, Red Russian Kale offers continuous harvests from fall through spring. Known for its sweet, mild taste and stunning purple-red stems, this heirloom variety boosts both nutrition and beauty. Simple to cultivate and low-maintenance, it’s a top pick for gardeners and food lovers alike. (Brassica napus 'Red Russian') Clovers Garden Heirloom Red Russian Kale Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality Red Russian Kale, 3” to 8” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown naturally to support healthy ecosystems. 10x Root Development – Robust plants with strong roots for better transplanting and vigorous growth. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are USA-grown, managed from seed to your doorstep. Tender, Flavorful Leaves – Sweet, mild kale perfect for salads, cooking, or juicing. Striking Red-Veined Foliage – Adds bold color to gardens and plates. Compact & Productive – Grows 18-24 inches tall, ideal for containers or small spaces. Frost-Tolerant & Easy-Care – Thrives in cool seasons with minimal effort. Versatile Planting Options – Great for patio pots, garden beds, or raised planters. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – Arrives quickly in our eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide – Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every step from unboxing to harvesting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Kale Red Russian - Fun Fact:Red Russian kale was first introduced to North America by Russian traders in the late 1800s, quickly becoming popular for its beautiful frilly purple-green leaves. It’s prized today for both ornamental gardens and nutritious meals. How to Grow and Care for Red Russian Kale: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily); tolerates partial shade. Soil – Well-draining, fertile soil enriched with organic matter. Watering – Moderate watering; keep soil consistently moist but not waterlogged. Spacing – Space 12-18 inches apart for optimal growth. Maintenance – Harvest outer leaves to encourage continuous production. Pest Prevention – Naturally resists most pests; avoid overwatering for pest prevention. Common Questions About Red Russian Heirloom Kale: How tall does Red Russian Kale grow? Red Russian Kale reaches 18-24 inches tall, perfect for containers and garden beds. Does Red Russian Kale need full sun? It thrives best in full sun (6+ hours daily) but can handle partial shade with slightly slower growth. How often should I water Red Russian Kale? Water moderately, keeping soil consistently moist—avoid letting it dry out completely. Can Red Russian Kale grow in containers? Yes, its compact size makes it ideal for patio pots, containers, and small spaces. Is Red Russian Kale deer resistant? Yes, its robust flavor and texture naturally deter deer and rabbits. Is Red Russian Kale an annual or perennial? Typically grown as an annual, but it can overwinter in milder climates (Zones 7-9). Does Red Russian Kale attract pollinators? While grown for leaves, its occasional flowers attract bees and beneficial insects. What soil is best for Red Russian Kale? It prefers rich, well-draining soil with added compost for healthy growth. Common Names for Red Russian Kale - Red Russian Kale is also known as Ragged Jack Kale, Russian Kale, or Red Kale. Companion Plants for Red Russian Kale: Carrots & Beets – Enhance soil health and complement kale’s growth needs. Dill & Parsley – Culinary herbs that pair well in edible gardens. Marigolds & Nasturtiums – Add color and deter pests naturally. Onions & Garlic – Boost pest resistance and flavor synergy. Pollinator & Garden Benefits – Red Russian Kale brings vibrant color and rich nutrition to gardens with its tender leaves and stunning foliage. Easy to grow and frost-tolerant, it’s a versatile edible that enhances any space with minimal care.

Rue Herb is prized for its attractive blue-green foliage, delicate yellow flowers, and distinct aromatic fragrance. Traditionally used in herbal remedies and culinary dishes, Rue adds both visual charm and practical uses to herb gardens. Compact, easy to grow, and naturally resistant to pests, Rue is a versatile plant ideal for containers, garden beds, and herb gardens. Easy-care Rue thrives in sunny locations with well-draining soil. Growing 18-24 inches tall, this ornamental herb provides both visual interest and natural pest-deterrent properties. Ideal for gardeners seeking versatile plants with edible and traditional medicinal uses, Rue is an excellent addition to any sunny garden or patio. (Ruta graveolens) Clovers Garden Rue Herb Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, Premium-quality Rue Herb, 3" to 8" tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids - Plants are raised without these chemicals to protect pollinators. 10x Root Development - Robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Grown in the Midwest - All plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Ornamental & Culinary Uses – Attractive foliage ideal for garnishes, salads, and herbal remedies. Pest-Deterrent Foliage – Natural repellent for insects, deer, and rabbits. Compact & Robust – Grows 18-24 inches tall, perfect for containers or garden borders. Drought-Tolerant – Low water needs once established; ideal for sunny, dry gardens. Versatile Planting Options – Great for patio containers, borders, herb gardens, and edible landscapes.  Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging - Your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Quick Start Planting Guide - Created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business - We’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Rue - Fun Fact:Rue, known as the "Herb of Grace," was historically thought to ward off evil spirits and protect against plague and diseases during medieval times. Its unique blue-green foliage and strong fragrance made it essential in traditional herb gardens and folk medicine practices. How to Grow and Care for Rue: Sunlight – Prefers full sun (6+ hours daily). Soil – Well-draining soil; adapts to sandy or loamy conditions. Watering – Water moderately; allow soil surface to dry between watering. Spacing – Space plants 12-18 inches apart for optimal growth. Maintenance – Minimal; prune to encourage compact growth. Pest Prevention – Naturally repels most pests; rarely affected by disease. Common Questions About Rue Herb: How tall does Rue herb grow? Rue grows 18-24 inches tall, ideal for containers and garden beds. Can Rue be grown in containers? Yes, its compact habit makes it perfect for patio containers and herb pots. Does Rue need full sun? Yes, Rue thrives best with at least 6 hours of direct sunlight daily. Is Rue deer resistant? Yes, Rue’s strong scent naturally deters deer and rabbits. Is Rue annual or perennial? Rue is a perennial herb in USDA Zones 4-9. Does Rue attract pollinators? Yes, it attracts beneficial pollinators with small, yellow blooms. Is Rue drought-tolerant? Yes, it requires minimal water once established and thrives in dry conditions. What soil is best for Rue? Rue prefers well-draining, fertile soil but can tolerate poorer soils. What are other Common Names for Rue? Rue is also known as Ruda, Herb-of-Grace or Ruta graveolens. Companion Plants for Rue: Roses & Raspberries – Natural pest deterrent benefits roses and fruits. Lavender & Sage – Aromatic herbs complement Rue’s pest-repelling qualities. Thyme & Oregano – Similar sun and soil requirements make them ideal companions. Marigolds & Calendula – Add bright color and enhance pest deterrent effects. Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Rue Herb enhances gardens with ornamental beauty, culinary versatility, and medicinal value. Its natural pest-deterrent qualities and easy-care nature make it an ideal choice for organic and eco-friendly gardens.

This lovely collection of nine mosquito repelling plants will fill your outside living spaces with beautiful blooms, interesting foliage and a gorgeous lemony scent that drives the mosquitoes away! Perfect in containers, hanging baskets, around your foundation, and just about anywhere you grow flowers. Plant around play areas, patios, doorsteps, and wherever else you fight mosquitoes. Rustle the leaves when you walk by or grab a handful of leaves and crush to release a burst of citronella scent. What you get with Clovers' Mosquito Trio, Nine Plant Collection: Three Lemongrass Plants. This popular ornamental grass repels mosquitoes, deer, and snakes!  Also known as Mosquito Grass, barbed wire grass, silky heads, citronella grass, fever grass, tanglad, hierba Luisa, or gavati chaha, it has a delicate lemon-scent and flavor and is a key ingredient in Thai and Vietnamese cuisine. As with chives, it can be harvested throughout the growing season. Three Mosquito Plants (Citronella Geranium). This lovely geranium has thick, lush foliage and can get up to four feet around! During the season will occasionally produce pretty pink flowers. Leaves are edible and great for making tea. Three Lantana Plants. Super colorful, season long blooms on dark green foliage, Lantana is loved by butterflies and thrives in hot and dry conditions. (Note: seeds are poisonous so please remove after blossoms fade.) Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Season long protection – plants only get fuller and more beautiful as the summer goes on.. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed

Tomatillo plants grow just like indeterminate tomatoes and put out hundreds of small green tomato-like fruits encased in a papery husk. As the husk dries, the inner fruit is revealed and ready to pick. A staple of Mexican cuisine and a must-have for Chili Verde sauce, tomatillos are easy to grow and have a tart, yet sweet and citrusy flavor. Use in fresh salsas, delicious grilled, mix into chili and stews, or preserved in jams and jellies. These plants require cross pollination so you need at least two plants together for fruit to form. Clovers Garden Tomatillo Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium tomatillo plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast, Priority Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization, benefits from caging or staking. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed How to Grow Tomatillos As the fruit matures it fills the paper husk that encloses it, then the husk turns brown and splits open by harvest time, showing the green fruit inside. Remove fruits from the plant when husks turn tan and split open and the fruits inside are firm. If frost is expected, remove the entire plant and hang it upside down in a sheltered location to ripen the remaining fruits. Like tomatoes, they will continue to ripen after harvest.

Nasturtium is one of the most interesting plants around with a secret history most growers know nothing about. At different times in history it’s been considered a vegetable, an herb, a flower, and even a fruit! Not only is it a colorful and easy flower to grow, but it is a totally edible medicinal plant that has dozens of uses for the home gardener. Each part of the plant is edible from the flowers to the leaves to the ripened seed pods. The nutritionally dense leaves are full of Vitamin C and Iron and have a peppery, spicy taste which is a wonderful addition to salads such as potato, chicken, and crab, or you can use the whole flowers as an edible garnish for fish dishes. The seed pods when dried can be ground and used like pepper as a seasoning. Clovers Garden Variegated Nasturtium (Alaska) Plants: Two Large, Live plants – ready to grow, premium garden plants, 4” to 8” tall plants, in 4” pots Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – so you can grow fresh produce that’s healthy for your family and pollinators. 10x Root Development – robust plants with healthy roots that handle transplanting better and grow stronger right from the start. Gets you to a faster, more productive harvest. Grown in the Midwest – all plants are grown in the USA and we manage the entire process from seed to your doorstep. Fast Shipping and Careful Packaging – your plants arrive quickly in our exclusive, eco-friendly, 100% recyclable box designed to protect your plants and the planet. Plant in any US Zone – works in containers; small spaces, balconies, patios or large gardens. Treat as a tender annual in Zones 9 and colder. Container-friendly – does well in pots, planters, and window boxes and the lovely foliage and blossoms make nasturtium a great filler plant. Season long harvest – most herb plants can be harvested all season, just snip off what you need and the plant will keep growing. Growing Requirements – requires full sun, average water and fertilization. Quick Start Planting Guide – created just for our customers, this copyrighted guide walks you through every gardening step from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business -- we’ve been helping gardeners since 1957 with established greenhouses right here in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed For the tastiest nasturtium leaves, keep the plants well-watered which helps moderate the spiciness of the leaves and flowers. It can be placed almost anywhere to grow – full sun, part sun, rich soil, poor soil – the choice is up to the gardener. Space 12” to 18” inches apart as they reseed themselves and fill in nicely. They grow 12” to 20” tall and create a colorful. happy fill in for almost any area. Also a natural aphid attractor so they'll stay away from your other garden plants:  great companion plant for tomatoes, cabbages, radishes and cucumbers as the serve to deter a number of garden pests.

Victoria Blue Salvia is a standout for pollinator gardens, featuring brilliant blue flowers on sturdy spikes. Its nectar-rich blooms attract hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees from spring until frost, making it a top choice for wildlife-friendly spaces. With its upright growth and consistent flowering, it adds bold color and structure to flower beds, borders, and containers. Thriving in full sun, this heat and drought-tolerant plant suits low-maintenance landscapes perfectly. Whether in garden beds, patio containers, or pollinator-focused areas, its long-lasting blooms and resistance to deer and rabbits make it a dependable, striking addition. If you’re after a resilient, colorful plant that keeps your garden humming with life, Victoria Blue Salvia is an ideal pick. Clovers Garden Victoria Blue Salvia Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Ready to grow, premium-quality Victoria Blue Salvia, 8” to 14” tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown without harmful chemicals to support pollinators and healthy ecosystems. Vibrant Blue Blooms – Bold, nectar-rich flowers provide striking contrast and long-lasting garden interest. Attracts Pollinators – A favorite of hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees, bringing movement and life to your garden. Heat & Drought-Tolerant – Thrives in hot, dry conditions with minimal watering. Thrives in Gardens & Containers – Perfect for flower beds, pollinator gardens, patio planters, and borders. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are grown in the USA, and we oversee the entire process from seed to shipment. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Your plants arrive quickly in eco-friendly, 100% recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – A copyrighted growing guide walks you through every step, from unboxing to planting. Third Generation, Family-Owned Small Business – Helping gardeners since 1957 with high-quality plants grown in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Salvia Victoria Blue - Fun Fact:Victoria Blue Salvia was originally bred as a tribute to England's Queen Victoria, symbolizing elegance and refinement. With its striking blue flowers, it quickly gained popularity in Victorian gardens and remains a favorite in today's landscapes for attracting pollinators. How to Grow and Care for Victoria Blue Salvia: Sunlight – Thrives in full sun (at least 6-8 hours daily) for maximum flowering. Soil – Prefers well-draining soil; tolerates sandy, loamy, or rocky conditions. Watering – Drought-tolerant once established; water regularly until roots are established. Spacing – Plant 18-24 inches apart for proper air circulation and growth. Growth & Maintenance – Deadhead spent flowers to encourage continuous blooming. Trim back in late fall or early spring for fresh regrowth. Pest Prevention – Naturally deer- and rabbit-resistant, making it a worry-free addition to any garden. Common Questions About Victoria Blue Salvia: Does Victoria Blue Salvia attract bees and butterflies? Yes! Victoria Blue Salvia is a magnet for pollinators, drawing in hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees with its nectar-rich blooms. Is Victoria Blue Salvia good for growing in pots? Absolutely! Victoria Blue Salvia thrives in containers, making it a great choice for patios, balconies, and small garden spaces. Use a well-draining potting mix and ensure proper sunlight. How often does Victoria Blue Salvia need deadheading? Deadheading spent flowers encourages more blooms throughout the season, but it’s not strictly necessary. Even without it, it continues to produce vibrant flowers. Does Victoria Blue Salvia require full sun or partial shade? Victoria Blue Salvia thrives best in full sun, producing more abundant and longer-lasting flowers with at least 6-8 hours of direct sunlight daily. Is Victoria Blue Salvia drought resistant? Yes! Once its roots are well established, Victoria Blue Salvia is highly drought-tolerant and thrives in dry, hot conditions with minimal watering. How tall and wide does Victoria Blue Salvia grow? It reaches about 2-3 feet tall and 1-2 feet wide, making it a versatile choice for borders or containers. Can Victoria Blue Salvia survive winter? Victoria Blue Salvia is typically grown as an annual in colder climates and will not survive harsh winters. In warmer regions, it may return the following year. Does Victoria Blue Salvia have a strong fragrance? It has a mild, pleasant fragrance that attracts pollinators but is not overpowering. Is Victoria Blue Salvia resistant to pests? Yes! It naturally repels deer and rabbits, making it a low-maintenance choice for gardens with browsing wildlife. What are the best companion plants for Victoria Blue Salvia? Coneflowers and Black-Eyed Susans - create a pollinator-friendly haven with long-blooming, nectar-rich flowers.  Lantana and Verbena - are heat-loving plants that complement Salvia’s drought resistance.  Russian Sage and Lavender - provide soft, airy texture and fragrance while thriving in similar conditions.  Ornamental Grasses - add movement and texture to your garden alongside Salvia’s bold blooms.  Pollinator & Garden Benefits - Victoria Blue Salvia excels in pollinator-friendly gardens, attracting hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees while resisting deer and rabbits. Its long-lasting blooms, drought tolerance, and vivid blue color make it a stunning, easy-care addition to any landscape.

Victoria Rhubarb is a beloved heirloom perennial vegetable, famous for its tender stalks and classic tart flavor. Perfect for pies, jams, sauces, and baked goods, this rhubarb variety provides delicious harvests year after year. Growing rhubarb from live plants rather than roots ensures faster establishment, stronger initial growth, and higher success rates in your garden. Easy-care Victoria Rhubarb thrives in full sun to partial shade and rich, well-draining soil. Hardy and productive, plants quickly establish a robust root system, providing edible stalks from spring through early summer. Ideal for garden beds, patio containers, or edible landscapes, Victoria Rhubarb adds culinary versatility and ornamental appeal to your garden. (Rheum rhabarbarum ‘Victoria’) Clovers Garden Victoria Rhubarb Plants: Two Large, Live Plants – Premium-quality Victoria Rhubarb, 4" to 8" tall, in 4” pots. Non-GMO, No Neonicotinoids – Grown naturally, safe for pollinators and ecosystems. Faster Establishment – Robust root systems deliver quicker, healthier growth than bare-root options. Grown in the Midwest – All plants are USA-grown, managed from seed to your doorstep. Edible Culinary Delight – Tart, flavorful stalks perfect for cooking, baking, and preserving. Attractive Foliage – Large green leaves with vibrant red stalks add visual interest to any garden. Perennial & Hardy – Returns annually, providing long-term value and harvests. Easy Care – Low-maintenance; perfect for gardeners of all experience levels. Versatile Use – Ideal for gardens, containers, or edible landscaping. Fast Shipping & Careful Packaging – Arrives promptly in eco-friendly, recyclable packaging. Quick Start Planting Guide – Simple instructions from unboxing through harvest. Third Generation Family-Owned Small Business – Trusted since 1957, with established greenhouses in the Midwest. 100% Satisfaction Guaranteed Victoria Rhubarb - Fun Fact:Victoria Rhubarb, first introduced in England during Queen Victoria’s reign, quickly became prized for its exceptionally sweet, tender stalks. Rhubarb itself was historically valued for medicinal purposes long before it became a classic ingredient in desserts like rhubarb pie. How to Grow and Care for Victoria Rhubarb: Sunlight – Thrives best in full sun to partial shade (4-6 hours of sunlight daily). Soil – Prefers rich, well-draining soil amended with compost. Watering – Moderate watering; maintain consistent moisture, avoiding soggy conditions. Spacing – Plant 24-36 inches apart for optimal growth. Maintenance – Minimal; remove flowering stalks to promote stalk growth. Harvesting – Harvest stalks regularly; leave at least two-thirds of stalks intact to maintain plant health. Common Questions About Victoria Rhubarb: How big do Victoria Rhubarb plants get? Mature plants typically reach 2-3 feet tall and wide. Can Victoria Rhubarb grow in containers? Yes, large containers allow ample space for healthy root growth. Is Victoria Rhubarb deer resistant? Yes, deer typically avoid rhubarb due to its tart flavor and foliage. How soon can you harvest Victoria Rhubarb? Allow plants to establish for one growing season, then harvest lightly the following spring. Are rhubarb leaves edible? No, rhubarb leaves contain oxalic acid, which is toxic if ingested. Only stalks are edible. How long does Victoria Rhubarb last? Victoria Rhubarb is perennial and productive for many years once established. What soil conditions are best for rhubarb? Rich, well-draining soil amended with compost yields the best growth. Can Victoria Rhubarb tolerate frost? Yes, it is highly frost-resistant and thrives in colder climates (Zones 3-8). Is Victoria Rhubarb deer resistant? Yes, deer usually avoid rhubarb plants due to their tart taste. Companion Plants for Victoria Rhubarb: Strawberries – Classic companion, benefiting from shared growing conditions. Garlic & Onions – Naturally repel pests and complement growth. Asparagus – Perennial vegetable companion with similar care requirements. Marigolds – Attract beneficial pollinators and deter pests. Pollinator & Garden Benefits – Victoria Rhubarb enhances gardens with culinary and ornamental value. Hardy, easy-care, and visually striking, it attracts beneficial pollinators while providing delicious harvests year after year.